Quarterlytics / Industrials / Manufacturing - Textiles / Interface

Interface

ifsia · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker ifsia
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Manufacturing - Textiles
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · Interface
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2

0

1

3

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2
0
1
3

A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t

2859 Paces Ferry Road

Suite 2000

Atlanta, GA 30339

www.interface.com

 
 
 
 
I believe Interface is on solid footing for 2014, and I’m encouraged 

about our prospects this year.  Leading indicators as well as our business 
in the U.S. have been moving in a positive direction, and project activity 
within the architect and design community has been firming up.  While 
we expect the pace of economic recovery in the U.S. to remain gradual 
throughout the year, we believe we have upside to take market share 
and outperform the rest of the industry.  The outlook for Europe has 
brightened over the past six months, with evidence that its economic 
downturn is mostly subsiding and our largest markets in the U.K., Holland 
and Germany are recovering.  In Australia, the overall market is expected 
to be soft, but we’re poised to regain market share, as delivery lead times 
and service levels improve with the ramp up of our new plant.  The broader 
challenges for our Asia-Pacific business will be rebalancing production 
among our three plants in the region, penetrating non-office market 
segments, and leading in design and sustainability.  Lastly, we expect to 
realize further margin expansion from improved manufacturing efficiencies 
and carefully controlled SG&A spending throughout the year.

This year also marks the 20-year anniversary of our founder Ray 
Anderson’s epiphany – his self-described “spear in the chest” moment 
– when he realized that our future depends on our ability to achieve 
sustainability.  While we’ve made tremendous progress and led a sea 
change in our industry since that time, we still have a ways to go and  
much to accomplish to reach this goal by the year 2020.  We will  
continue to honor Ray’s legacy and tirelessly pursue his vision, and  
we hope you will continue with us on the journey.

Yours very truly,

Daniel T. Hendrix

Dear Fellow Shareholders:

Interface experienced gradual, steady improvement during 2013, 
with our Americas business hitting a record annual sales number and 
offsetting modest sales declines in our Europe and Asia-Pacific regions.  
Our performance in the U.S. greatly outpaced the rest of the commercial 
flooring market, although mixed macroeconomic conditions in Europe and 
the lingering effects of the 2012 fire at our Australia plant combined to 
keep our overall growth in check.  Despite these challenges in overseas 
markets, our profit margins and earnings expanded to healthy levels.

The biggest driver of growth in our Americas business was the 

corporate office market, which was up 9% year-over-year, even though 
we’ve yet to see a true rebound in the segment.  Contributions also came 
from non-office segments and from emerging geographic markets in 
Latin and South America.  In particular, we’re very pleased with the upward 
trajectory of our business in the hospitality segment, where we have 
enhanced our sales and marketing efforts with large branded customers 
and are beginning to realize success.

At our residential carpet tile business FLOR, sales were up 32% for 

the year and we opened three new FLOR stores, bringing our current  
total to 21 stores.  In the aggregate, our FLOR stores were profitable for 
the year, and same store sales improved 24%.  Our marketing efforts have 
been focused on improving connections between our stores, catalogs 
and web presence, all aimed at enhancing the “omni-channel” customer 
experience.  While FLOR fell short of our goal of achieving profitability 
during 2013, the balance between its growth and profitability is a delicate  
one, and we remain pleased with its overall performance and future prospects.

After several years of economic turmoil, Europe has begun to show 
signs of life.  The second half of 2013, in particular, shaped up nicely for 
our business.  Project pipeline activity and orders began picking up in 
the third quarter, and this momentum continued into the fourth quarter, 
when we logged our highest level of orders in the past five years.  Most 
of the improvement is coming in our primary markets of the U.K., Holland 
and Germany, while conditions in Southern Europe remain soft.  We’re 
encouraged by the positive trends in Europe and we believe our business 
in the region is poised for further recovery.

In Asia-Pacific, our sales declined 3% for the year, primarily due to 
the negative impacts from the previous year’s fire at our Australia plant.  
While we were successful adapting our supply chain and servicing the 
Australia market from our other plants worldwide, the resulting extended 
delivery lead times and inefficiencies disrupted our customer service 
capabilities in the region.  Outside of Australia, however, our Asia-Pacific 
business was strong as sales and operating income in Southeast Asia and 
China improved significantly. 

Two other recent developments in our Asia-Pacific business are worth 

noting.  First, we reached a final settlement with our insurance company 
regarding the Australia fire, which resulted in a gain during 2013.  Second, 
and more importantly, we commenced operations at our new state-of-the-
art manufacturing facility located near Sydney, Australia during the first 
week of January 2014, which will significantly improve our service levels  
in the region going forward.

In 2013, we made great strides in our mission of becoming a sustainable 

enterprise – which we refer to as Mission Zero®.  We launched the Net 
Effect™ Collection of carpet tile products (one of which is featured on the 
cover of this report) with yarn that is partly made from recycled fishing 
nets collected by communities in the Philippines through our Net-Works™ 
project.  This program is a big step in redesigning our supply chain from 
a linear take-make-waste process toward a closed loop system, and it 
advances our ultimate goal of becoming a restorative enterprise.  Our plant 
in Europe reached a significant milestone, as it now uses 100% renewable 
energy from a combination of bio-gas and green electricity, with almost 
no water used or waste sent to a landfill.  In addition, we created new 
programs to strengthen employee connections to our sustainability goals, 
holding our first ever Mission Zero week celebrations at several locations 
worldwide, with activities that included legacy projects, biomimicry training 
workshops, enhanced communications and employee recognition programs.  

Board of Directors

Daniel T. Hendrix

Chairman of the Board, President and  

Chief Executive Officer

John P. Burke

Chief Executive Officer

Trek Bicycle Corporation

A

n

n

u

2

0

1

3

Edward C. Callaway

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Ida Cason Callaway Foundation

Andrew B. Cogan

Chief Executive Officer

Knoll, Inc.



Dianne Dillon-Ridgley

U.N. Representative for Center for 

International Environmental Law

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

Carl I. Gable

Private Investor

u 

Dr. June M. Henton

Auburn University

Dean of the College of Human Sciences

Christopher G. Kennedy

Chairman

Joseph P. Kennedy Enterprises, Inc.











K. David Kohler

President and Chief Operating Officer

Kohler Co.



James B. Miller, Jr.

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Fidelity Southern Corporation





Harold M. Paisner

Senior Partner

Berwin Leighton Paisner, LLP

u	 Lead Independent Director

	Executive Committee Member

  Audit Committee Member

	 Compensation Committee Member

	Nominating & Governance Committee Member

Shareholder Information

Form 10-K

Change of Address

Executive Officers

Daniel T. Hendrix

President and

Chief Executive Officer

Robert A. Coombs

Senior Vice President

(Asia-Pacific)

Patrick C. Lynch

Senior Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

Lindsey K. Parnell

Senior Vice President

(Europe)

A copy of the Company’s Annual Report  

on Form 10-K, filed each year with the 

Securities and Exchange Commission, may 

be obtained by shareholders without charge 

by writing to:

Mr. Patrick C. Lynch

Chief Financial Officer

Interface, Inc.

2859 Paces Ferry Road

Suite 2000

Atlanta, Georgia 30339

Annual Meeting

The annual meeting of shareholders will be 

at 3:00 pm EDT on May 12, 2014 at:

The Vinings Club

2859 Paces Ferry Road

Atlanta, Georgia 30339

Transfer Agent and Dividend

Disbursing Agent

Computershare 

211 Quality Circle, Suite 210

College Station, Texas 77845 

1 800 254 5196 (U.S. & Canada) 

1 781 575 2879 (Foreign)

Number of Shareholders of Record

at March 7, 2014: 680

John R. Wells

Senior Vice President

(Americas)

Raymond S. Willoch

Senior Vice President 

(Administration),

General Counsel and Secretary

Jo Ann Herold

Vice President and  

Chief Marketing Officer

Robert Boogaard

Interim Division President

(Europe)

Please direct all changes of address  

or inquiries as to how your account  

is listed to:

Computershare 

211 Quality Circle, Suite 210

College Station, Texas 77845 

1 800 254 5196 (U.S. & Canada) 

1 781 575 2879 (Foreign)

Kilpatrick Townsend & Stockton LLP

Atlanta, Georgia

Independent Registered

Public Accounting Firm

BDO USA, LLP

Atlanta, Georgia

Principal Legal Counsel

Corporate Address

Interface, Inc.

2859 Paces Ferry Road

Suite 2000

Atlanta, Georgia 30339

tel (770) 437 6800

fax (770) 803 6950

www.interface.com

Ticker Symbol

TILE (Nasdaq)

Forward-Looking Statements

This report contains statements which may constitute “forward-looking statements” under applicable securities laws, including statements regarding the 

intent, belief, or current expectations of Interface, Inc. (the “Company”) and members of its management team, as well as the assumptions on which such 

statements are based. Any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties, and actual results 

may differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements. Important factors currently known to management that could cause actual 

results to differ materially from those in forward-looking statements are set forth in Item 1A (“Risk Factors”) of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K 

for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2013, and are hereby incorporated by reference. The Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise forward-

looking statements to reflect changed assumptions, the occurrence of unanticipated events or changes to future operating results over time.

Interface®, FLOR®, Mission Zero® and the Mission Zero logo are registered trademarks of Interface, Inc. and its subsidiaries. All rights are reserved.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 

Washington, D.C. 20549 

_______________  

Form 10-K  

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF 
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2013  

Commission File No.: 001-33994  

      Interface, Inc.       

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)  

Georgia 
(State of incorporation) 

2859 Paces Ferry Road, Suite 2000 
Atlanta, Georgia 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

58-1451243 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

30339 
(zip code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:           (770) 437-6800             

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  

Title of Each Class 
Common Stock, $0.10 Par Value Per Share 
Series B Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock Purchase Rights 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered:
Nasdaq Global Select Market 
Nasdaq Global Select Market 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:              None               

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES ☑ NO ☐  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. YES ☐ NO ☑  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such 
filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES ☑ NO ☐  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Date File 
required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter 
period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). YES ☑ NO ☐  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to 
the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment 
to this Form 10-K. ☐  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. 
See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and a “smaller reporting  company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934. (Check one):  

Large Accelerated Filer ☑ 

Accelerated Filer ☐ 

Non-Accelerated Filer ☐ 

Smaller Reporting Company ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). YES ☐ NO ☑  

Aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 28, 2013: $1,086,443,039 (64,021,393 

shares valued at the closing sale price of $16.97 on June 28, 2013). See Item 12.  

Number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of Common Stock, as of February 14, 2014:  

Class 
Common Stock, $0.10 par value per share 

Number of Shares 
66,557,754 

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS 

Introduction and General 

PART I 

We are a worldwide leader in design, production and sales of modular carpet, also known as carpet tile. In recent years, 
modular carpet sales growth in the floorcovering industry has significantly outpaced the growth of the overall industry, as 
architects, designers and end users increasingly recognized the unique and superior attributes of modular carpet, including 
its dynamic design capabilities, greater economic value (which includes lower costs as a result of reduced waste in both 
installation and replacement), and installation ease and speed.  

As a global company with a reputation for high quality, reliability and premium positioning, we market modular carpet 
in over 110 countries under the established brand names Interface® and FLOR®. Our principal geographic markets are the 
Americas, Europe and Asia-Pacific, where the percentages of our total net sales were approximately 57%, 29% and 14%, 
respectively, for fiscal year 2013. 

Capitalizing  on  our  leadership  in  modular  carpet  for  the  corporate  office  segment,  we  are  executing  a  market 
diversification  strategy  to  increase  our  presence  and  market  share  for  modular  carpet  in  non-corporate  office  market 
segments, such as government, education, healthcare, hospitality and retail space, which combined are almost twice the size 
of  the  approximately  $1 billion  U.S. corporate  office  market  segment.  Our  diversification  strategy  also  targets  the 
approximately $11 billion U.S. residential market segment for carpet. As a result of our efforts, our mix of corporate office 
versus  non-corporate  office  modular  carpet  sales  in  the  Americas  was  48%  and  52%,  respectively,  for  2013.  Company-
wide, our mix of corporate office versus non-corporate office sales was 60% and 40%, respectively, in 2013. We believe 
the appeal and utilization of modular carpet is growing in each of these non-corporate office market segments, and we are 
using our considerable skills and experience with designing, producing and marketing modular products that make us the 
market  leader  in  the  corporate  office  segment  to  support  and  facilitate  our  penetration  into  these  segments  around  the 
world. 

In July 2012, a fire occurred at our manufacturing facility in Picton, Australia, causing extensive damage and rendering 
the facility inoperable. The Picton facility served our customers throughout Australia and New Zealand. Since the fire, we 
have  utilized  adequate  production  capacity  at  our  manufacturing  facilities  in  Thailand,  China  and  elsewhere  to  meet 
customer  demand  typically  serviced  from  Picton.  We  have  completed  the  build-out  of  a  new  manufacturing  facility  in 
Minto, Australia, which commenced operations in January 2014. For additional information, please see Items 7 and 8 of 
this Annual Report. 

In  August  2012,  we  sold  our Bentley  Prince  Street  business  segment,  which  designed,  manufactured  and  marketed 
high-end,  designer-oriented  broadloom  and  modular  carpet.  For  additional  information,  please  see  Items  7  and  8  of  this 
Annual Report. 

Our Strengths 

Our principal competitive strengths include:  

Market Leader in Attractive Modular Carpet Segment. We are the world’s leading manufacturer of carpet tile. Modular 
carpet  has  become  more  prevalent  across  all  commercial  interiors  markets  as  designers,  architects  and  end  users  have 
become more familiar with its unique attributes. We continue to drive this trend with our product innovations and designs 
discussed  below.  According  to  the  annual  Floor  Focus  interiors  industry  survey  of  the  top  250  designers  in  the  United 
States, carpet tile was ranked as the number one “hot product” for each of the years 2002 through 2012. We believe that we 
are  well  positioned  to  lead  and  capitalize  upon  the  continued  shift  to  modular  carpet,  both  domestically  and  around  the 
world.  

Established Brands and Reputation for Quality, Reliability and Leadership.  Our products are known in the industry 
for their high quality, reliability and premium positioning in the marketplace. Our established brand names in carpets are 
leaders in the industry. The 2013 Floor Focus survey ranked our Interface brand first or second in the survey categories of 
performance,  service  and  design.  On  the  international  front,  Interface  and  Heuga®  are  well-recognized  brand  names  in 
carpet tiles for commercial, institutional and residential use. More generally, as the appeal and utilization of modular carpet 
continues to expand into market segments such as government, healthcare, education, hospitality, and retail and residential 
space, our reputation as the pioneer of modular carpet — as well as our established brands and leading market position for 
2 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
modular carpet in the corporate office segment — will enhance our competitive advantage in marketing to the customers in 
these new markets. 

Innovative Product Design and Development Capabilities.  Our product design and development capabilities have long 
given us a significant competitive advantage, and they continue to do so as modular carpet’s appeal and utilization expand 
across  virtually  every  market  segment  and  around  the  globe.  One  of  our  best  design  innovations  is  our  i2™  modular 
product line, which includes our popular Entropy® product for which we received a patent in 2005 on the key elements of 
its design. The i2 line introduced and features mergeable dye lots, and includes carpet tile products designed to be installed 
randomly  without  reference  to  the  orientation  of  neighboring  tiles.  The  i2  line  offers  cost-efficient  installation  and 
maintenance, interactive flexibility, and recycled and recyclable materials. Our i2 line of products, which now comprises 
approximately  45%  of  our  total  U.S.  modular  carpet  business,  represents  a  differentiated  category  of  smart, 
environmentally sensitive and stylish modular carpet, and Entropy has been the fastest growing product in our history. The 
award-winning  design  firm  David  Oakey  Designs  had  a  pivotal  role  in  developing  our  i2  product  line,  and  our  long-
standing  exclusive  relationship  with  David  Oakey  Designs  remains  vibrant  and  augments  our  internal  research, 
development and design staff. Another recent innovation is our patented TacTiles® carpet tile installation system, which 
uses  small  squares  of  adhesive  plastic  film  to  connect  intersecting  carpet  tiles,  thus  eliminating  the  need  for  traditional 
carpet adhesive and resulting in a reduction in installation time and waste materials. 

Made-to-Order  and  Global  Manufacturing  Capabilities. We  have  a  distinct  competitive  advantage  in  meeting  two 
principal requirements of the specified products markets we primarily target — that is, providing custom samples quickly 
and on-time delivery of customized final products. We also can generate realistic digital samples that allow us to create a 
virtually  unlimited  number  of  new  design  concepts  and  distribute  them  instantly  for  customer  review,  while  at  the  same 
time reducing sampling waste. Approximately 60% to 70% of our modular carpet products in the United States and Asia-
Pacific markets are now made-to-order, and we are increasing our made-to-order production in Europe as well. Our made-
to-order capabilities not only enhance our marketing and sales, they significantly improve our inventory turns. Our global 
manufacturing  capabilities  in  modular  carpet  production  are  an  important  component  of  this  strength,  and  give  us  an 
advantage in serving the needs of multinational corporate customers that require products and services at various locations 
around the world. Our manufacturing locations across four continents enable us to compete effectively with local producers 
in our international markets, while giving international customers more favorable delivery times and freight costs. 

Recognized  Global  Leadership  in  Ecological  Sustainability. Our  long-standing  goal  and  commitment  to  be 
ecologically “sustainable” — that is, the point at which we are no longer a net “taker” from the earth and do no harm to the 
biosphere — have emerged as a competitive strength for our business and remain a strategic initiative. It includes Mission 
Zero®, our global branding initiative, which represents our mission to eliminate any negative impact our companies may 
have on the environment by the year 2020. Our acknowledged leadership position and expertise in this area resonate deeply 
with many of our customers and prospects around the globe, and provide us with a differentiating advantage in competing 
for business among architects, designers and end users of our products, who increasingly make purchase decisions based on 
“green” factors. The 2013 Floor Focus survey, which named our Interface business the top among “Green Leaders,” found 
that 78% of the designers surveyed consider sustainability an added benefit and 61% consider it a “make or break” issue 
when deciding what products to recommend or purchase. 

Strong  Operating  Leverage  Position.   Our  operating  leverage,  which  we  define  as  our  ability  to  realize  profit  on 
incremental  sales,  is  strong  and  generally  allows  us  to  increase  earnings  at  a  higher  rate  than  our  rate  of  increase  in  net 
sales. Our operating leverage position is primarily a result of (1) the specified, high-end nature and premium positioning of 
our principal products in the marketplace, and (2) the mix of fixed and variable costs in our manufacturing processes that 
allow us to increase production of most of our products without significant increases in capital expenditures or fixed costs. 

Experienced and Motivated Management and Sales Force.  An important component of our competitive position is the 
quality  of  our  management  team  and  its  commitment  to  developing  and  maintaining  an  engaged  and  accountable 
workforce. Our team is highly skilled and dedicated to guiding our overall growth and expansion into our targeted market 
segments, while maintaining our leadership in traditional markets and our high contribution margins. We utilize an internal 
marketing and predominantly commissioned sales force of nearly 700 experienced personnel, stationed at over 70 locations 
in over 30 countries, to market our products and services in person to our customers. Our incentive compensation and our 
sales and marketing training programs are tailored to promote performance and facilitate leadership by our executives both 
in strategic areas as well as the company as a whole. 

3 

    
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Our Business Strategy and Principal Initiatives 

Our business strategy is to continue to use our leading position in modular carpet and our product design and global 
made-to-order capabilities as a platform from which to drive acceptance of modular carpet products across several industry 
segments,  while  maintaining  our  leadership  position  in  the  corporate  office  market  segment.  We  will  seek  to  increase 
revenues and profitability by capitalizing on the above strengths and pursuing the following key strategic initiatives: 

Continue to Penetrate Non-Corporate Office Market Segments. We will continue our strategic focus on product design 
and  marketing  and  sales  efforts  for  non-corporate  office  market  segments  such  as  government,  education,  healthcare, 
hospitality, retail and residential space. We began this initiative as part of our market diversification strategy in 2001 (when 
our initial objective was reducing our exposure to the more severe economic cyclicality of the corporate office segment), 
and it has become a principal strategy generally for growing our business and enhancing profitability. To implement this 
strategy, we: 

•    introduced specialized product offerings tailored to the unique demands of these segments, including specific designs, 

functionalities and prices; 

•    created special sales teams dedicated to penetrating these segments at a high level, with a focus on specific customer 

accounts rather than geographic territories; and 

•    realigned incentives for our corporate office segment sales force generally in order to encourage their efforts, and 

where appropriate, to assist our penetration of these other segments. 

As  part  of  this  strategy,  our  FLOR  line  of  products  focuses  on  the  approximately  $11 billion  U.S. residential  carpet 
market  segment.  These  products  were  specifically  created  to  bring  high  style  modular  carpet  to  the  North  American 
residential  market.  We  offer  FLOR  directly  and  over  the  Internet,  in  a  FLOR  catalog  and  in  our  21  FLOR  retail  stores. 
FLOR is also offered by many specialty retailers and in a number of major retail catalogs. Through such direct and indirect 
retailing, FLOR sales have grown more than 200% from 2005 to 2013.  

Penetrate  Expanding  Geographic  Markets  for  Modular  Products. The  popularity  of  modular  carpet  continues  to 
increase compared with other floorcovering products across most markets, internationally as well as in the United States. 
While  maintaining  our  leadership  in  the  corporate  office  segment,  we  will  continue  to  build  upon  our  position  as  the 
worldwide  leader  for  modular  carpet  in  order  to  promote  sales  in  all  market  segments  globally.  A  principal  part  of  our 
international  focus –  which  utilizes  our  global  marketing  capabilities  and  sales  infrastructure –  is  the  significant 
opportunities in several emerging geographic markets for modular carpet. Some of these markets, such as China, India and 
Eastern  Europe,  represent  large  and  growing  economies  that  are  essentially  new  markets  for  modular  carpet  products. 
Others,  such  as  Germany  and  Italy,  are  established  markets  that  are  transitioning  to  the  use  of  modular  carpet  from 
historically low levels of penetration. Each of these emerging markets represents a significant growth opportunity for our 
modular carpet business.  

Continue  to  Minimize  Expenses  and  Invest  Strategically. We  have  steadily  trimmed  costs  from  our  operations  for 
several years through multiple initiatives, which have made us leaner today and for the future. Our supply chain and other 
cost containment initiatives have improved our cost structure and yielded the operating efficiencies we sought. While we 
still seek to minimize our expenses in order to increase profitability, we will also take advantage of strategic opportunities 
to invest in systems, processes and personnel that can help us grow our business and increase profitability and value. 

Sustain  Leadership  in  Product  Design  and  Development. As  discussed  above,  our  leadership  position  for  product 
design and development is a competitive advantage and key strength. Our i2 products and TacTiles installation system have 
confirmed  our  position  as  an  innovation  leader  in  modular  carpet.  We  will  continue  initiatives  to  sustain,  augment  and 
capitalize upon that strength to continue to increase our market share in targeted market segments. Our Mission Zero global 
branding initiative, which draws upon and promotes our ecological sustainability commitment, is part of those initiatives 
and includes placing our Mission Zero logo on many of our marketing and merchandising materials distributed throughout 
the world. 

Use  Strong  Free  Cash  Flow  Generation  to  De-leverage  Our  Balance  Sheet. Our  principal  business  has  been 
structured –  including  through  our  rationalization  and  repositioning  initiatives  –  to  yield  high  contribution  margins  and 
generate  strong  free  cash  flow  (by  which  we  mean  cash  available  to  apply  towards  debt  service  and  potential  stock 
repurchases, strategic acquisitions and the like). Our historical investments in global manufacturing capabilities and mass 
customization  techniques  and  facilities,  which  we  have  maintained,  also  contribute  to  our  ability  to  generate  substantial 
4 

  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
levels  of  free  cash  flow.  We  will  use  our  strong  free  cash  flow  generation  capability  to  continue  to  repay  debt  and 
strengthen our financial position. We will also continue to execute programs to reduce costs further and enhance free cash 
flow.  In addition, our existing capacity to increase production levels without significant capital expenditures will further 
enhance our generation of free cash flow as demand for our products rises. 

Challenges 

In order to capitalize on our strengths and to implement successfully our business strategy and the principal initiatives 
discussed  above,  we  will  have  to  handle  successfully  several  challenges  that  confront  us  or  that  affect  our  industry  in 
general. As discussed in the Risk Factors in Item 1A of this Report, several factors could make it difficult for us, including: 

  • 

  • 

  • 

  • 

  • 

  • 

  sales of our principal products have been and may continue to be affected by adverse economic cycles in the 
renovation and construction of commercial and institutional buildings; 

  we compete with a large number of manufacturers in the highly competitive commercial floorcovering products 
market, and some of these competitors have greater financial resources than we do; 

  our success depends significantly upon the efforts, abilities and continued service of our senior management 
executives and our principal design consultant, and our loss of any of them could affect us adversely; 

  our substantial international operations are subject to various political, economic and other uncertainties that could 
adversely affect our business results; 

  large increases in the cost of petroleum-based raw materials could adversely affect us if we are unable to pass these 
cost increases through to our customers; 

  unanticipated termination or interruption of any of our arrangements with our primary third party suppliers of 
synthetic fiber could have a material adverse effect on us; and 

  • 

  we have a significant amount of indebtedness, which could have important negative consequences to us. 

We believe our business model is strong enough, and our strategic initiatives are properly calibrated, for us to handle 

these and other challenges we will encounter in our business. 

Seasonality 

Our  first  quarter  has  typically  been our  slowest  quarter  while  our fourth  quarter has  typically  been our best quarter, 
with sales generally increasing throughout the course of the fiscal year.  However, in recent years, as our sales efforts and 
results  in  the  education  market  segment  (which  has  a  heavy  second  quarter  buying  season)  have  increased,  our  second 
quarter sales have occasionally eclipsed our third or fourth quarter sales.  

Our Products and Services 

Modular Carpet 

Interface  is  the  world’s  largest  manufacturer  and  marketer  of  modular  carpet.  Our  modular  carpet  system,  which  is 
marketed under the established global brands Interface and Heuga, utilizes carpet tiles cut in precise, dimensionally stable 
squares  (usually  50 cm  x  50  cm)  or  rectangles  to  produce  a  floorcovering  that  combines  the  appearance  and  texture  of 
traditional  soft  floorcovering  with  the  advantages  of  a  modular  carpet  system.  Our  GlasBac®  technology  employs  a 
fiberglass-reinforced polymeric composite backing that provides dimensional stability and reduces the need for adhesives 
or fasteners. We also make carpet tiles with a backing containing post-industrial and/or post-consumer recycled materials, 
which  we  market  under  the  GlasBacRE brand.  In  addition,  we  make  carpet  tile  with  yarn  containing  varying  degrees  of 
post-consumer nylon, depending on the style and color. We received the 2012 and 2011 Best of NeoCon Silver Awards in 
the modular carpet category for our Urban Retreat™ and Luxe at Work™ Collections, respectively. 

5 

  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Our carpet tile has become popular for a number of reasons. Carpet tile incorporating our reinforced backing may be 
easily removed and replaced, permitting rearrangement of furniture without the inconvenience and expense associated with 
removing, replacing or repairing other soft surface flooring products, including broadloom carpeting. Because a relatively 
small portion of a carpet installation often receives the bulk of traffic and wear, the ability to rotate carpet tiles between 
high traffic and low traffic areas and to selectively replace worn tiles can significantly increase the average life and cost 
efficiency  of  the  floorcovering.  In  addition,  carpet  tile  facilitates  access  to  sub-floor  air  delivery  systems  and  telephone, 
electrical, computer and other wiring by lessening disruption of operations. It also eliminates the cumulative damage and 
unsightly  appearance  commonly  associated  with  frequent  cutting  of  conventional  carpet  as  utility  connections  and 
disconnections  are  made.  We  believe  that,  within  the  overall  floorcovering  market,  the  worldwide  demand  for  modular 
carpet is increasing as more customers recognize these advantages. 

We use a number of conventional and technologically advanced methods of carpet construction to produce carpet tiles 
in  a  wide  variety  of  colors,  patterns,  textures,  pile  heights  and  densities.  These  varieties  are  designed  to  meet  both  the 
practical  and  aesthetic  needs  of  a  broad  spectrum  of  commercial  interiors –  particularly  offices,  healthcare  facilities, 
airports, educational and other institutions, hospitality spaces, and retail facilities – and residential interiors. Our carpet tile 
systems  permit  distinctive  styling  and  patterning  that  can  be  used  to  complement  interior  designs,  to  set  off  areas  for 
particular purposes and to convey graphic information. While we continue to manufacture and sell a substantial portion of 
our carpet tile in standard styles, an increasing percentage of our modular carpet sales is custom or made-to-order product 
designed to meet customer specifications.  

In addition to general uses of our carpet tile, we produce and sell a specially adapted version of our carpet tile for the 
healthcare facilities market. Our carpet tile possesses characteristics — such as the use of the Intersept antimicrobial, static-
controlling  nylon  yarns,  and thermally  pigmented,  colorfast  yarns — which  make  it  suitable  for  use  in  these  facilities  in 
place of hard surface flooring. Moreover, we launched our FLOR line of products to specifically target modular carpet sales 
to  the  residential  market  segment.  Through  our  relationship  with  David  Oakey  Designs,  we  also  have  created  modular 
carpet products (some of which are part of our i2 product line) specifically designed for each of the education, hospitality 
and retail market segments. 

We also manufacture and sell two-meter roll goods that are structure-backed and offer many of the advantages of both 
carpet tile and broadloom carpet. These roll goods are often used in conjunction with carpet tiles to create special design 
effects.  Our  current  principal  customers  for  these  products  are  in  the  education,  healthcare  and  government  market 
segments. 

Broadloom Carpet 

In  August  2012,  we  sold  our  Bentley  Prince  Street  business  segment  to  a  third  party.  This  business  designed, 
manufactured  and  marketed  high-end,  designer-oriented  broadloom  and  modular  carpet  for  commercial  and  residential 
markets. As a result of this sale, we no longer have a presence in the broadloom carpet market.  

Other Products and Services 

We sell a proprietary antimicrobial chemical compound under the registered trademark Intersept that we incorporate in 
all of our modular carpet products and have licensed to another company for use in air filters. We also sell our TacTiles 
carpet  tile  installation  system,  along  with  a  variety  of  traditional  adhesives  and  products  for  carpet  installation  and 
maintenance that are manufactured by a third party. In addition, we continue to manufacture and sell our Intercell® brand 
raised/access flooring product in Europe. We also continue to provide “turnkey” project management services for national 
accounts and other large customers through our InterfaceSERVICES™ business.  

Marketing and Sales 

We have traditionally focused our carpet marketing strategy on major accounts, seeking to build lasting relationships 
with  national  and  multinational  end-users,  and  on  architects,  engineers,  interior  designers,  contracting  firms,  and  other 
specifiers  who  often  make  or  significantly  influence  purchasing  decisions.  While  most  of  our  sales  are  in  the  corporate 
office segment, both new construction and renovation, we also emphasize sales in other segments, including retail space, 
government institutions, schools, healthcare facilities, tenant improvement space, hospitality centers, residences and home 
office space. Our marketing efforts are enhanced by the established and well-known brand names of our carpet products, 
including Interface, FLOR and Heuga. Our exclusive consulting agreement with the award-winning, premier design firm 
David Oakey Designs enabled us to introduce more than 35 new carpet designs in the United States in 2013 alone. 

6 

  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
An  important  part  of  our  marketing  and  sales  efforts  involves  the  preparation  of  custom-made  samples  of  requested 
carpet  designs,  in  conjunction  with  the  development  of  innovative  product  designs  and  styles  to  meet  the  customer’s 
particular  needs.  Our  mass  customization  initiative  simplified  our  carpet  manufacturing  operations,  which  significantly 
improved our ability to respond quickly and efficiently to requests for samples. In most cases, we can produce samples to 
customer  specifications  in  less  than  five  days,  which  significantly  enhances  our  marketing  and  sales  efforts  and  has 
increased our volume of higher margin custom or made-to-order sales. In addition, through our websites, we have made it 
easy to view and request samples of our products. We also have technology which allows us to provide digital, simulated 
samples of our products, which helps reduce raw material and energy consumption associated with our samples. 

We primarily use our internal marketing and sales force to market our carpet products. In order to implement our global 
marketing efforts, we have product showrooms or design studios in the United States, Canada, Mexico, Brazil, Denmark, 
England,  France,  Germany,  Spain,  the  Netherlands,  India,  Australia,  Norway,  United  Arab  Emirates,  Russia,  Singapore, 
Hong Kong, Thailand, China and elsewhere. We expect to open offices in other locations around the world as necessary to 
capitalize on emerging marketing opportunities. 

We  distribute  our  product  through  two  primary  channels:  (1)  direct  sales  to  end  users;  and  (2)  indirect  sales  through 
independent  contractors  or  distributors.  In  each  case,  we  may  also  call  upon  architects,  engineers,  interior  designers, 
contracting firms and other specifiers who often make or substantially influence purchasing decisions. 

Manufacturing 

We manufacture carpet at two locations in the United States and at facilities in the Netherlands, the United Kingdom, 
Thailand and China. Our previous manufacturing facility in Picton, Australia was destroyed by fire in July of 2012, and we 
have  completed  the  build-out  and  start-up  of  a  new  manufacturing  facility  in  Minto,  Australia,  which  commenced 
operations in January 2014. 

Having foreign manufacturing operations enables us to supply our customers with carpet from the location offering the 
most  advantageous  delivery  times,  duties  and  tariffs,  exchange  rates,  and  freight  expense,  and  enhances  our  ability  to 
develop a strong local presence in foreign markets. We believe that the ability to offer consistent products and services on a 
worldwide  basis  at  attractive  prices  is  an  important  competitive  advantage  in  servicing  multinational  customers  seeking 
global supply relationships. We will consider additional locations for manufacturing operations in other parts of the world 
as necessary to meet the demands of customers in international markets. 

To  the  extent  practicable,  we  seek  to  standardize  our  worldwide  modular  carpet  manufacturing  procedures.  In 
connection  with  the  implementation  of  this  plan,  we  strive  to  establish  global  standards  for  our  tufting  equipment,  yarn 
systems  and  product  styling.  We  previously  had  changed  our  standard  carpet  tile  size  to  be  50 cm  x  50  cm,  which  we 
believe  has  allowed  us  to  reduce  operational  waste  and  fossil  fuel  energy  consumption  and  to  offer  consistent  product 
sizing for our global customers. 

Our raw materials are generally available from multiple sources – both regionally and globally – with the exception of 
synthetic fiber (nylon yarn).  For yarn, we principally rely upon two major global suppliers, but we also have significant 
relationships with at least two other suppliers.  Although our number of principal yarn suppliers is limited, we do have the 
capability to manufacture carpet using face fiber produced from two separate polymer feedstocks – nylon 6 and nylon 6,6 – 
which provides additional flexibility with respect to yarn supply inputs, if needed.  Our global sourcing strategy, including 
with  respect  to  our  principal  yarn  suppliers  and  dual  polymer  manufacturing  capability,  allows  us  to  guard  against  any 
potential shortages of raw materials or raw material suppliers in a specific polymer supply chain. 

We  have  a  flexible-inputs  carpet  backing  line,  which  we  call  “Cool  Blue™”,  at  our  modular  carpet  manufacturing 
facility  in  LaGrange,  Georgia.  Using  next  generation  thermoplastic  technology,  the  custom-designed  backing  line 
dramatically  improves  our  ability  to  keep  reclaimed  and  waste  carpet  in  the  production  “technical  loop,”  and  further 
permits us to explore other plastics and polymers as inputs. We also have technology that more cleanly separates the face 
fiber and backing of reclaimed and waste carpet, thus making it easier to recycle some of its components and providing a 
purer  supply  of  inputs  for  the  Cool  Blue  process.  This  technology,  which  is  part  of  our  ReEntry®2.0  carpet  reclamation 
program, allows us to send some of the reclaimed face fiber back to our fiber supplier to be blended with virgin or other 
post-industrial materials and extruded into new fiber. 

The  environmental  management  systems  of  our  floorcovering  manufacturing  facilities  in  LaGrange,  Georgia,  West 
Point,  Georgia,  Northern  Ireland,  the  Netherlands  and  Thailand  are  certified  under  International  Standards  Organization 
(ISO) Standard No. 14001. 

7 

  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
Our  significant  international  operations  are  subject  to  various  political,  economic  and  other  uncertainties,  including 
risks  of  restrictive  taxation  policies,  foreign  exchange  restrictions,  changing  political  conditions  and  governmental 
regulations.  We  also  receive  a  substantial  portion  of  our  revenues  in  currencies  other  than  U.S. dollars,  which  makes  us 
subject to the risks inherent in currency translations. Although our ability to manufacture and ship products from facilities 
in  several  foreign  countries  reduces  the  risks  of  foreign  currency  fluctuations  we  might  otherwise  experience,  we  also 
engage from time to time in hedging programs intended to further reduce those risks. 

Competition 

We  compete,  on  a  global  basis,  in  the  sale  of  our  modular  carpet  products  with  other  carpet  manufacturers  and 
manufacturers  of  vinyl  and  other  types  of  floorcoverings,  including  broadloom  carpet.  Although  the  industry  has 
experienced  significant  consolidation,  a  large  number  of  manufacturers  remain  in  the  industry.  We  believe  we  are  the 
largest manufacturer of modular carpet in the world. However, a number of domestic and foreign competitors manufacture 
modular carpet as one segment of their business, and some of these competitors have financial resources greater than ours. 
In addition, some of the competing carpet manufacturers have the ability to extrude at least some of their requirements for 
fiber used in carpet products, which decreases their dependence on third party suppliers of fiber. 

We  believe  the  principal  competitive  factors  in  our  primary  floorcovering  markets  are  brand  recognition,  quality, 
design, service, broad product lines, product performance, marketing strategy and pricing. In the corporate office market 
segment,  modular  carpet  competes  with  various  floorcoverings,  of  which  broadloom  carpet  is  the  most  common.  The 
quality,  service,  design,  better  and  longer  average  product  performance,  flexibility  (design  options,  selective  rotation  or 
replacement,  use  in  combination  with  roll  goods)  and  convenience  of  our  modular  carpet  are  our  principal  competitive 
advantages. 

We believe we have competitive advantages in several other areas as well. First, our exclusive relationship with David 
Oakey  Designs  allows  us  to  introduce  numerous  innovative  and  attractive  carpet  tile  products  to  our  customers. 
Additionally, we believe that our global manufacturing capabilities are an important competitive advantage in serving the 
needs of multinational corporate customers. We believe that the incorporation of the Intersept antimicrobial chemical agent 
into  the  backing  of  our  modular  carpet  enhances  our  ability  to  compete  successfully  across  all  of  our  market  segments 
generally, and specifically with resilient tile in the healthcare market. 

In addition, we believe that our goal and commitment to be ecologically “sustainable” by 2020 is a brand-enhancing, 
competitive strength as well as a strategic initiative. Increasingly, our customers are concerned about the environmental and 
broader  ecological  implications  of  their  operations  and  the  products  they  use  in  them.  Our  leadership,  knowledge  and 
expertise  in  the  area,  especially  in  the  “green  building” movement  and  the  related  LEED  certification program,  resonate 
deeply with many of our customers and prospects around the globe, and these businesses are increasingly making purchase 
decisions  based  on  “green”  factors.  Our  modular  carpet  products  historically  have  had  inherent  installation  and 
maintenance  advantages  that  translated  into  greater  efficiency  and  waste  reduction.  We  are  using  raw  materials  and 
production technologies, such as our Cool Blue backing line and our ReEntry 2.0 reclaimed carpet separation process, that 
directly reduce the adverse impact of those operations on the environment and limit our dependence on petrochemicals. 

Product Design, Research and Development 

We maintain an active research, development and design staff of approximately 90 people and also draw on the research 
and development efforts of our suppliers, particularly in the areas of fibers, yarns and modular carpet backing materials. 
Our  research  and  development  costs  were  $12.6  million,  $12.4  million  and  $12.1  million  in  2013,  2012,  and  2011, 
respectively. 

Our research and development team provides technical support and advanced materials research and development for 
us.  The  team  assisted  in  the  development  of  our  NexStep®  backing,  which  employs  moisture-impervious  polycarbite 
precoating  technology  with  a  chlorine-free  urethane  foam  secondary  backing,  and  also  helped  develop  a  post-consumer 
recycled  content,  polyvinyl  chloride,  or  PVC,  extruded  sheet  process  that  has  been  incorporated  into  our  GlasBacRE 
modular carpet backing. Our post-consumer recycled content PVC extruded sheet exemplifies our commitment to “closing-
the-loop” in recycling. More recently, this team developed our patented TacTiles carpet tile installation system, which uses 
small squares of adhesive plastic film to connect intersecting carpet tiles. The team also helped implement our Cool Blue 
flexible  inputs  backing  line  and  our  ReEntry  2.0  reclaimed  carpet  separation  technology  and  post-consumer  recycling 
technology for nylon face fibers. With a goal of supporting sustainable product designs in floorcoverings applications, we 
continue to evaluate renewable polymers for use in our products. 

8 

  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
Our research and development team also is the coordinator of our QUEST and EcoSense initiatives (discussed below 
under  “Environmental  Initiatives”)  and  supports  the  dissemination,  consultancies  and  technical  communication  of  our 
global  sustainability  endeavors.  This  team  also  provides  all  biochemical  and  technical  support  to  Intersept  antimicrobial 
chemical product initiatives. 

Innovation  and  increased  customization  in  product  design  and  styling  are  the  principal  focus  of  our  product 
development  efforts.  Our  carpet  design  and  development  team  is  recognized  as  an  industry  leader  in  carpet  design  and 
product engineering for the commercial and institutional markets. 

David Oakey Designs provides carpet design and consulting services to us pursuant to a consulting agreement. David 
Oakey Designs’  services under  the  agreement  include  creating  commercial  carpet designs  for  use  by  our  modular  carpet 
businesses  throughout  the  world,  and  overseeing  product  development,  design  and  coloration  functions  for  our  modular 
carpet  business  in  North  America.  The  current  agreement  runs  through  August  2017.  While  the  agreement  is  in  effect, 
David Oakey Designs cannot provide similar services to any other carpet company. Through our relationship with David 
Oakey Designs, we introduced more than 35 new carpet designs in 2013 alone, and have enjoyed considerable success in 
winning U.S. carpet industry awards. 

David Oakey Designs also contributed to our ability to efficiently produce many products from a single yarn system. 
Our  mass  customization  production  approach  evolved,  in  major  part,  from  this  concept.  In  addition  to  increasing  the 
number  and  variety  of  product  designs,  which  enables  us  to  increase  high  margin  custom  sales,  the  mass  customization 
approach increases inventory turns and reduces inventory levels (for both raw materials and standard products) and their 
related costs because of our more rapid and flexible production capabilities. 

Our  i2  product  line —  which  includes,  among  others,  our  patented  Entropy  modular  carpet  product —  represents  an 
innovative  breakthrough  in  the  design  of  modular  carpet.  The  i2  line  introduced  and  features  mergeable  dye  lots,  cost-
efficient installation and maintenance, interactive flexibility and recycled and recyclable materials. Some of these products 
may  be  installed  without  regard  to  the  directional  orientation of  the  carpet  tile,  and  their  features  also  make  installation, 
maintenance and replacement of modular carpet easier, less expensive and less wasteful. 

Environmental Initiatives 

In the latter part of 1994, we commenced a new industrial ecological sustainability initiative called EcoSense, inspired 
in  part  by  the  interest  of  customers  concerned  about  the  environmental  implications  of  how  they  and  their  suppliers  do 
business.  EcoSense,  which  includes  our QUEST waste reduction  initiative,  is directed  towards  the  elimination of  energy 
and raw materials waste in our businesses, and, on a broader and more long-term scale, the practical reclamation — and 
ultimate restoration — of shared environmental resources. The initiative involves a commitment by us: 

•        to learn to meet our raw material and energy needs through recycling of carpet and other petrochemical products 

and harnessing benign energy sources; and 

•        to pursue the creation of new processes to help sustain the earth’s non-renewable natural resources. 

We  have  engaged  some  of  the  world’s  leading  authorities  on  global  ecology  as  environmental  advisors.  The  list  of 
advisors  includes:  Paul  Hawken,  author  of  The  Ecology  of  Commerce:  A  Declaration  of  Sustainability  and  The  Next 
Economy, and co-author of Natural Capitalism: Creating the Next Industrial Revolution; Amory Lovins, energy consultant 
and co-founder of the Rocky Mountain Institute; John Picard, President of E2 Environmental Enterprises; Bill Browning, 
fellow and former director of the Rocky Mountain Institute’s Green Development Services; Janine M. Benyus, author of 
Biomimicry; and Bob Fox, renowned architect. 

9 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
    
  
  
 
 
Our  leadership,  knowledge  and  expertise  in  this  area,  especially  in  the  “green  building”  movement  and  the  related 
LEED  certification  program,  resonate  deeply  with  many  of  our  customers  and  prospects  around  the  globe,  and  these 
businesses are increasingly making purchase decisions based on “green” factors. As more customers in our target markets 
share our view that sustainability is good business and not just good deeds, our acknowledged leadership position should 
strengthen our brands and provide a differentiated advantage in competing for business. 

To  further  raise  awareness  of  our  goal  of  becoming  sustainable,  we  launched  our  Mission  Zero  global  branding 
initiative, which represents our mission to eliminate any negative impact our companies may have on the environment by 
the  year  2020.  As  part  of  this  initiative,  our  Mission  Zero  logo  appears  on  many  of  our  marketing  and  merchandising 
materials distributed throughout the world.  

Backlog 

Our  backlog  of  unshipped  orders  was  approximately  $117.4  million  at  February  16,  2014,  compared  with 
approximately  $108.4 million at February 17, 2013. Historically, backlog is subject to significant fluctuations due to the 
timing of orders for individual large projects and currency fluctuations. All of the backlog orders at February 16, 2014 are 
expected to be shipped during the succeeding six to nine months. 

Patents and Trademarks 

We own numerous patents in the United States and abroad on floorcovering products and on manufacturing processes. 
The duration of United States patents is between 14 and 20 years from the date of filing of a patent application or issuance 
of the patent; the duration of patents issued in other countries varies from country to country. We maintain an active patent 
and trade secret program in order to protect our proprietary technology, know-how and trade secrets. Although we consider 
our  patents  to  be  very  valuable  assets,  we  consider  our  know-how  and  technology  even  more  important  to  our  current 
business than patents, and, accordingly, believe that expiration of existing patents or nonissuance of patents under pending 
applications would not have a material adverse effect on our operations. 

We also own many trademarks in the United States and abroad. In addition to the United States, the primary countries 
in which we have registered our trademarks are the United Kingdom, Germany, Italy, France, Canada, Australia, Japan, and 
various countries in Central America, South America and Asia. Some of our more prominent registered trademarks include: 
Interface, FLOR, Heuga, Intersept, GlasBac, Intercell, and Mission Zero. Trademark registrations in the United States are 
valid for a period of 10 years and are renewable for additional 10-year periods as long as the mark remains in actual use. 
The duration of trademarks registered in other countries varies from country to country. 

Financial Information by Operating Segments and Geographic Areas 

The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements appearing in Item 8 of this Report set forth information concerning 
our  sales  and  long-lived  assets  by  geographic  areas.  Following  the  sale  of  Bentley  Prince  Street,  we  have  only  one 
operating segment. Current and prior periods have been reclassified to include the results of operations and related disposal 
costs, gains and losses for the Bentley Prince Street business as discontinued operations. In addition, assets and liabilities of 
the Bentley Prince Street business have been reported in assets and liabilities held for sale for all reported periods. 

Employees 

At December 29, 2013, we employed a total of 3,347 employees worldwide. Of such employees, 1,815 were clerical, 
staff, sales, supervisory and management personnel and 1,532 were manufacturing personnel. We also utilized the services 
of 181 temporary personnel as of December 29, 2013. 

Some of our production employees in Australia and the United Kingdom are represented by unions. In the Netherlands, 
a Works Council, the members of which are Interface employees, is required to be consulted by management with respect 
to  certain  matters  relating  to  our  operations  in  that  country,  such  as  a  change  in  control  of  Interface  Europe  B.V.  (our 
modular carpet subsidiary based in the Netherlands), and the approval of the Council is required for some of our actions, 
including changes in compensation scales or employee benefits. Our management believes that its relations with the Works 
Council, the unions and all of our employees are good. 

10 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
 
 
Environmental Matters 

Our  operations  are  subject  to  laws  and  regulations  relating  to  the  generation,  storage,  handling,  emission, 
transportation and discharge of materials into the environment. The costs of complying with environmental protection laws 
and regulations have not had a material adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations in the past and are 
not expected to have a material adverse impact in the future. The environmental management systems of our floorcovering 
manufacturing  facilities  in  LaGrange,  Georgia,  West  Point,  Georgia,  Northern  Ireland,  the  Netherlands  and  Thailand  are 
certified under ISO Standard No. 14001.  

Executive Officers of the Registrant 

Our executive officers, their ages as of December 29, 2013, and their principal positions with us are set forth below. 

Executive officers serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. 

Name 
Daniel T. Hendrix 
Robert A. Coombs 
Patrick C. Lynch 
Lindsey K. Parnell 
John R. Wells 
Raymond S. Willoch 
Jo Ann Herold 
Robert Boogaard 

Age 
59 
55 
44 
56 
52 
55 
48 
45 

Principal Position(s)
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Senior Vice President (Asia-Pacific) 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
Senior Vice President (Europe) 
Senior Vice President (Americas) 
Senior Vice President-Administration, General Counsel and Secretary 
Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer 
Interim President of Europe Division 

Mr. Hendrix  joined  us  in  1983  after  having  worked  previously  for  a  national  accounting  firm.  He  was  promoted  to 
Treasurer in 1984, Chief Financial Officer in 1985, Vice President-Finance in 1986, Senior Vice President in October 1995, 
Executive Vice President in October 2000, and President and Chief Executive Officer in July 2001. He was elected to the 
Board in October 1996 and has served on the Executive Committee of the Board since July 2001. In October 2011, Mr. 
Hendrix was elected as Chairman of the Board of Directors. 

Mr. Coombs originally worked for us from 1988 to 1993 as a marketing manager for our Heuga carpet tile operations 
in the United Kingdom and later for all of our European floorcovering operations. In 1996, Mr. Coombs returned to us as 
Managing Director of our Australian operations. He was promoted in 1998 to Vice President-Sales and Marketing, Asia-
Pacific, with responsibility for Australian operations and sales and marketing in Asia, which was followed by a promotion 
to Senior Vice President, Asia-Pacific. He was promoted to Senior Vice President, European Sales, in May 1999 and Senior 
Vice President, European Sales and Marketing, in April 2000. In February 2001, he was promoted to President and Chief 
Executive Officer of Interface Overseas Holdings, Inc. with responsibility for all of our floorcoverings operations in both 
Europe  and  the  Asia-Pacific  region,  and  he  became  a  Vice  President  of  Interface.  In  September  2002,  Mr. Coombs 
relocated  back  to  Australia,  retaining  responsibility  for  our  floorcovering  operations  in  the  Asia-Pacific  region  while 
Mr. Parnell  (see  below)  assumed  responsibility  for  floorcovering  operations  in  Europe.  Mr.  Coombs  was  promoted  to 
Senior Vice President of Interface in July 2008. 

Mr. Lynch  joined  us  in  1996  after  having  previously  worked  for  a  national  accounting  firm.  He  became  Assistant 
Corporate Controller in 1998 and Assistant Vice President and Corporate Controller in 2000. Mr. Lynch was promoted to 
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in July 2001. Mr. Lynch was promoted to Senior Vice President in March 2007. 

Mr. Parnell was the Production Director for Firth Carpets (our former European broadloom operations) at the time it 
was acquired by us in 1997. In 1998, Mr. Parnell was promoted to Vice President, Operations for the United Kingdom, and 
in  1999  he  was  promoted  to  Senior  Vice  President,  Operations  for  our  entire  European  floorcovering  division.  In 
September 2002, he was promoted to President and Chief Executive Officer of our floorcovering operations in Europe, and 
became a Vice President of Interface in October 2002. Mr. Parnell was promoted to Senior Vice President of Interface in 
July  2008.  In  July  2013,  Mr.  Parnell  began  a  medical  leave,  with  his  responsibilities  being  assumed  by  Mr.  Boogaard 
during the leave. 

Mr. Wells  joined  us  in  February  1994  as  Vice  President-Sales  of  Interface  Flooring  Systems,  Inc.  (now 
InterfaceFLOR,  LLC),  our  principal  U.S. modular  carpet  subsidiary.  Mr.  Wells  was  promoted  to  Senior  Vice  President-
Sales &  Marketing  of  Interface  Flooring  Systems  in  October 1994.  He  was  promoted  to  Vice  President  of  Interface  and 
President of Interface Flooring Systems in July 1995. In March 1998, Mr. Wells was also named President of both Prince 
Street  Technologies,  Ltd.  and  Bentley  Mills,  Inc.  (our  former  U.S.  broadloom  operations),  making  him  President  of  all 
11 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
three of our U.S. carpet mills at that time. In November 1999, Mr. Wells was named Senior Vice President of Interface, and 
President and Chief Executive Officer of Interface Americas Holdings, LLC (formerly Interface Americas, Inc.), thereby 
assuming operations responsibility for all of our floorcovering businesses in the Americas. 

Mr. Willoch, who previously practiced with an Atlanta law firm, joined us in June 1990 as Corporate Counsel. He was 
promoted to Assistant Secretary in 1991, Assistant Vice President in 1993, Vice President in January 1996, Secretary and 
General Counsel in August 1996, and Senior Vice President in February 1998. In July 2001, he was named Senior Vice 
President-Administration and assumed corporate responsibility for various staff functions. 

Ms.  Herold  joined  us  in  July  2013  as  Vice  President  and  Chief  Marketing  Officer,  charged  with  harmonizing  the 
Interface  brand  around  the  world  and  across  multiple  platforms.  She  oversees  marketing  and  communications  for  the 
corporate  brand,  while  also  leading  the  senior  marketing  team,  which  is  comprised  of  the  Company’s  marketing  and 
communications teams globally. Ms. Herold has more than 25 years of marketing experience. Prior to joining Interface, she 
was Vice President of Brand Communications and Public Relations at Arby’s Restaurant Group, and previously spent 16 
years at HoneyBaked Ham, where she served as Vice President of Marketing and then Chief Marketing Officer. She also 
has owned her own marketing firm. 

Mr.  Boogaard  joined  us  in  2011  as  Senior  Vice  President  of  Sales  for  our  European  floorcovering  division.  Prior  to 
joining Interface, Mr. Boogaard spent 18 years in the office furniture industry in the U.S. and Europe, followed by three 
years  as  Director  of  Global  Strategy,  Marketing  and  Commercial  Services  for  a  manufacturer  of  membrane  filtration 
technology  used  in  high  end  applications  such  as  water  purification.  Mr.  Boogaard  was  named  Interim  President  of  our 
Europe division in July 2013, when Mr. Parnell began a medical leave. 

Available Information 

We make available free of charge on or through our Internet website our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports 
on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material 
with, or furnish it to, the SEC. Our Internet address is http://www.interface.com. The SEC maintains a website that contains 
annual,  quarterly  and  current  reports,  proxy  statements  and  other  information  that  issuers  (including  the  Company)  file 
electronically with the SEC. The SEC’s website is http://www.sec.gov.  

Interface, Inc. was incorporated in 1973 as a Georgia corporation.  

Forward-Looking Statements 

This report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, and 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Words such as “believes,” 
“anticipates,”  “plans,”  “expects”  and  similar  expressions  are  intended  to  identify  forward-looking  statements.  Forward-
looking statements include statements regarding the intent, belief or current expectations of our management team, as well 
as  the  assumptions  on  which  such  statements  are  based.  Any  forward-looking  statements  are  not  guarantees  of  future 
performance and involve a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those 
contemplated  by  such  forward-looking  statements.  We  undertake  no  obligation  to  update  or  revise  forward-looking 
statements  to  reflect  changed  assumptions,  the  occurrence  of  unanticipated  events  or  changes  to  future  operating  results 
over time. Important factors currently known to management that could cause actual results to differ materially from those 
in  forward-looking  statements  include  risks  and  uncertainties  associated  with  economic  conditions  in  the  commercial 
interiors industry as well as the risks and uncertainties discussed below in Item 1A, “Risk Factors”.  

12 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS  

You should carefully consider the following factors, in addition to the other information included in this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K and the other documents incorporated herein by reference, before deciding whether to purchase or sell our 
common  stock.  Any  or  all  of  the  following  risk  factors  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial 
condition, results of operations and prospects. 

Sales of our principal products have been and may continue to be affected by adverse economic cycles in the renovation 
and construction of commercial and institutional buildings. 

Sales of our principal products are related to the renovation and construction of commercial and institutional buildings. 
This  activity  is  cyclical  and  has  been  affected  by  the  strength  of  a  country’s  or  region’s  general  economy,  prevailing 
interest  rates  and  other  factors  that  lead  to  cost  control  measures  by  businesses  and  other  users  of  commercial  or 
institutional space. The effects of cyclicality upon the corporate office segment tend to be more pronounced than the effects 
upon the institutional segment. Historically, we have generated more sales in the corporate office segment than in any other 
market. The effects of cyclicality upon the new construction segment of the market also tend to be more pronounced than 
the  effects  upon  the  renovation  segment.  These  effects  may  recur  and  could  be  more  pronounced  if  global  economic 
conditions do not improve or are further weakened. 

We compete with a large number of manufacturers in the highly competitive floorcovering products market, and some 
of these competitors have greater financial resources than we do. 

The floorcovering industry is highly competitive. Globally, we compete for sales of floorcovering products with other 
carpet manufacturers and manufacturers of other types of floorcovering. Although the industry has experienced significant 
consolidation,  a  large  number  of  manufacturers  remain  in  the  industry.  Some  of  our  competitors,  including  a  number  of 
large diversified domestic and foreign companies who manufacture modular carpet as one segment of their business, have 
greater financial resources than we do. 

Our success depends significantly upon the efforts, abilities and continued service of our senior management executives 
and our principal design consultant, and our loss of any of them could affect us adversely. 

We  believe  that  our  success  depends  to  a  significant  extent  upon  the  efforts  and  abilities  of  our  senior  management 
executives. In addition, we rely significantly on the leadership that David Oakey of David Oakey Designs provides to our 
internal  design  staff.  Specifically,  David  Oakey  Designs  provides  product  design/production  engineering  services  to  us 
under an exclusive consulting contract that contains non-competition covenants. Our current agreement with David Oakey 
Designs  extends  to  August  2017.  The  loss  of  any  of  these  key  persons  could  have  an  adverse  impact  on  our  business 
because  each has  a  great  deal  of  knowledge,  training  and  experience  in  the  carpet  industry  –  particularly  in  the  areas  of 
sales, marketing, operations, product design and management – and could not easily or quickly be replaced. 

Our  substantial  international  operations  are  subject  to  various  political,  economic  and  other  uncertainties  that  could 
adversely  affect  our  business  results,  including  by  restrictive  taxation  or  other  government  regulation  and  by  foreign 
currency fluctuations. 

We have substantial international operations. In 2013, approximately half of our net sales and a significant portion of 
our production were outside the United States, primarily in Europe and Asia-Pacific. Our corporate strategy includes the 
expansion and growth of our international business on a worldwide basis. As a result, our operations are subject to various 
political, economic and other uncertainties, including risks of restrictive taxation policies, changing political conditions and 
governmental  regulations.  We  also  make  a  substantial  portion  of  our  net  sales  in  currencies  other  than  U.S. dollars 
(approximately  half  of  2013  net  sales),  which  subjects  us  to  the  risks  inherent  in  currency  translations.  The  scope  and 
volume  of  our  global  operations  make  it  impossible  to  eliminate  completely  all  foreign  currency  translation  risks  as  an 
influence on our financial results.  

The worldwide financial and credit crisis could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and 
results of operations. 

The  worldwide  financial  and  credit  crisis,  which  began  in  2008  and  continued  in  varying  degrees  for  several  years 
thereafter, has  reduced  the  availability  of  liquidity  and  credit  to  fund  the  continuation  and  expansion  of  many  business 
operations worldwide.  This shortage of liquidity and credit, combined with substantial losses in worldwide equity markets, 
could lead to a worldwide economic recession and result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition 
13 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
and  results  of  operations.  Specifically,  the  limited  availability  of  credit  and  liquidity  adversely  affects  the  ability  of 
customers and suppliers to obtain financing for significant purchases and operations.  Consequently, customers may defer, 
delay or cancel renovation and construction projects where our carpet is used, resulting in decreased orders and sales for us, 
and they also may not be able to pay us for those products and services we already have provided to them.  For the same 
reasons, suppliers may not be able to produce and deliver raw materials and other goods and services that we have ordered 
from  them,  thus  disrupting  our  own  manufacturing  operations.  In  addition,  our  ability  to  obtain  funding  from  capital 
markets may be severely restricted at a time when we would like, or need, to access those markets.  This inability to obtain 
that  funding  could  prevent  us  from  pursuing  important  strategic  growth  plans,  from  reacting  to  changing  economic  and 
business conditions, and from refinancing existing debt (which in turn could lead to a default on our debt).  The financial 
and  credit  crisis  also  could  have  an  impact  on  the  lenders  under  our  credit  facilities,  causing  them  to  fail  to  meet  their 
obligations to provide us with loans and letters of credit, which are important sources of liquidity for us. 

Our Syndicated Credit Facility matures in October 2018 and our 7.625% Senior Notes mature in December 2018.  We 
cannot  assure  you  that  we  will  be  able  to  renegotiate  or  refinance  this  debt  on  commercially  reasonable  terms,  or  at  all, 
especially given the effects of the worldwide financial and credit crisis.  

Concerns  regarding  the  European  sovereign  debt  crisis  and  market  perceptions  about  the  instability  of  the  euro,  the 
potential re-introduction of individual currencies within the Eurozone, or the potential dissolution of the euro entirely, 
could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.  

Following the  European  sovereign  debt  crisis  that  began  in  2011,  concerns  still  persist  regarding  the  debt  burden  of 
certain countries using the euro as their currency (the “Eurozone”) and their ability to meet future financial obligations, the 
overall  stability  of  the  euro  and  the  suitability  of  the  euro  as  a  single  currency  given  the  diverse  economic  and  political 
circumstances  in  individual  Eurozone  countries.  Despite  remedial  efforts  undertaken  by  the  European  Commission  and 
others, these concerns have caused instability in the euro and could lead to the re-introduction of individual currencies in 
one or more Eurozone countries, or, in more extreme circumstances, the possible dissolution of the euro currency entirely. 
Should  the  euro  dissolve  entirely,  the  legal  and  contractual  consequences  for  holders  of  euro-denominated  obligations 
would be determined by laws in effect at such time. These potential developments, or market perceptions concerning these 
and related issues, could adversely affect the value of our euro-denominated assets and obligations or increase the risks of 
foreign currency fluctuations or cause the failure of hedging programs intended to reduce those risks. In addition, concerns 
over the effect of this financial crisis on financial institutions in Europe and globally could have an adverse impact on the 
capital  markets  generally,  and  more  specifically  on  our  ability  and  the  ability  of  our customers,  suppliers  and  lenders  to 
finance our and their respective businesses, to access liquidity at acceptable financing costs, if at all, on the availability of 
supplies and materials, and on the demand for our products.  

Large increases in the cost of petroleum-based raw materials could adversely affect us if we are unable to pass these cost 
increases through to our customers. 

Petroleum-based products comprise the predominant portion of the cost of raw materials that we use in manufacturing. 
While we attempt to match cost increases with corresponding price increases, continued volatility in the cost of petroleum-
based raw materials could adversely affect our financial results if we are unable to pass through such price increases to our 
customers. 

Unanticipated  termination  or  interruption  of  any  of  our  arrangements  with  our  primary  third  party  suppliers  of 
synthetic fiber could have a material adverse effect on us. 

The unanticipated termination or interruption of any of our supply arrangements with our current suppliers of synthetic 
fiber (nylon), which typically are not pursuant to long-term agreements, could have a material adverse effect on us because 
we  do  not  have  the  capability  to  manufacture  our  own  fiber  for  use  in  our  carpet  products.  If  any  of  our  supply 
arrangements  with  our  primary  suppliers  of  synthetic  fiber  is  terminated  or  interrupted,  we  likely  would  incur  increased 
manufacturing costs and experience delays in our manufacturing process (thus resulting in decreased sales and profitability) 
associated with shifting more of our synthetic fiber purchasing to another synthetic fiber supplier. 

14 

  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
We have a significant amount of indebtedness, which could have important negative consequences to us. 

Our significant indebtedness could have important negative consequences to us, including: 

   •  making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to such indebtedness; 

   • 

increasing our vulnerability to adverse general economic and industry conditions; 

• 

• 

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund capital expenditures, acquisitions or other growth initiatives,
and other general corporate requirements; 

requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to interest and principal payments on
our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund capital expenditures, acquisitions or other
growth initiatives, and other general corporate requirements; 

   • 

limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate; 

   •  placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our less leveraged competitors; and 

   • 

limiting our ability to refinance our existing indebtedness as it matures. 

As a consequence of our level of indebtedness, a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations must be dedicated 
to  debt  service  requirements.  In  addition,  the  terms  of  our  Syndicated  Credit  Facility  and  the  indenture  governing  our 
7.625% Senior Notes due 2018 limit our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things, incur additional 
indebtedness,  pay  dividends  or  make  certain  other  restricted  payments  or  investments  in  certain  situations,  consummate 
certain asset sales, enter into certain transactions with affiliates, create liens, merge or consolidate with any other person, or 
sell,  assign,  transfer,  lease,  convey  or  otherwise  dispose  of  all  or  substantially  all  of  our  assets.  They  also  require  us  to 
comply with certain other reporting, affirmative and negative covenants and meet certain financial tests. If we fail to satisfy 
these tests or comply with these covenants, a default may occur, in which case the lenders could accelerate the debt as well 
as  any other debt  to  which  cross-acceleration  or  cross-default provisions  apply. We  cannot  assure  you  that we would be 
able to renegotiate, refinance or otherwise obtain the necessary funds to satisfy these obligations. 

The market price of our common stock has been volatile and the value of your investment may decline. 

The market price of our common stock has been volatile in the past and may continue to be volatile going forward. Such 
volatility  may  cause  precipitous  drops  in  the  price  of  our  common  stock  on  the  Nasdaq  Global  Select  Market  and  may 
cause your investment in our common stock to lose significant value. As a general matter, market price volatility has had a 
significant  effect  on  the  market  values  of  securities  issued  by  many  companies  for  reasons  unrelated  to  their  operating 
performance. We thus cannot predict the market price for our common stock going forward. 

Our  earnings  in  a  future  period  could  be  adversely  affected  by  non-cash  adjustments  to  goodwill,  if  a  future  test  of 
goodwill assets indicates a material impairment of those assets. 

As prescribed by accounting standards governing goodwill and other intangible assets, we undertake an annual review 
of the goodwill asset balance reflected in our financial statements. Our review is conducted during the fourth quarter of the 
year,  unless  there  has  been  a  triggering  event  prescribed  by  applicable  accounting  rules  that  warrants  an  earlier  interim 
testing  for  possible  goodwill  impairment.  In  the  past,  we  have  had  non-cash  adjustments  for  goodwill  impairment  as  a 
result of such testings ($61.2 million in 2008 and $44.5 million in 2007). A future goodwill impairment test may result in a 
future non-cash adjustment, which could adversely affect our earnings for any such future period. 

15 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Our  Rights  Agreement  could  discourage  tender  offers  or  other  transactions  for  our  stock  that  could  result  in 
shareholders receiving a premium over the market price for our stock. 

Our Board of Directors has adopted a Rights Agreement pursuant to which holders of our common stock will be entitled 
to purchase from us a fraction of a share of our Series B Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock if a third party acquires 
beneficial ownership of 15% or more of our common stock without our consent. In addition, the holders of our common 
stock will be entitled to purchase the stock of an Acquiring Person (as defined in the Rights Agreement) at a discount upon 
the occurrence of triggering events. These provisions of the Rights Agreements could have the effect of discouraging tender 
offers or other transactions that could result in shareholders receiving a premium over the  market price for our common 
stock.  

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None. 

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES  

We maintain our corporate headquarters in Atlanta, Georgia in approximately 20,000 square feet of leased space. The 
following  table  lists  our  principal  manufacturing  facilities  and  other  material  physical  locations  (some  locations  are 
comprised of multiple buildings), all of which we own except as otherwise noted: 

Location  
Bangkok, Thailand .......................................................................................................................     
Craigavon, N. Ireland(1) ..............................................................................................................     
LaGrange, Georgia .......................................................................................................................     
LaGrange, Georgia(1) ..................................................................................................................     
Valley, Alabama(1) ......................................................................................................................     
Minto, Australia ...........................................................................................................................     
Scherpenzeel, the Netherlands .....................................................................................................     
Scherpenzeel, the Netherlands(1) .................................................................................................     
West Point, Georgia .....................................................................................................................     
Taicang, China(1) ........................................................................................................................     
__________ 
(1)  Leased.  

Floor Space 
(Sq. Ft.) 

275,946 
80,986 
539,545 
209,337 
338,086 
259,356 
245,420 
121,515 
250,000 
142,500 

We maintain marketing offices in over 70 locations in over 30 countries and distribution facilities in approximately 40 

locations in six countries. Most of our marketing locations and many of our distribution facilities are leased.  

We  believe  that  our  manufacturing  and  distribution  facilities  and  our  marketing  offices,  particularly  with  our  new 
manufacturing  facility  in  Minto,  Australia  commencing  operations  in  January  2014,  are  sufficient  for  our  present 
operations. We will continue, however, to consider the desirability of establishing additional facilities and offices in other 
locations around the world as part of our business strategy to meet expanding global market demands. Substantially all of 
our owned properties in the United States are subject to mortgages, which secure borrowings under our Syndicated Credit 
Facility. 

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

We are subject to various legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, none of which is required to be disclosed 

under this Item 3. 

ITEM 4.  MINING SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable. 

16 

  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
PART II 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Prior  to  March  5,  2012,  the  Company  had  two  classes  of  common  stock  –  Class  A  Common  Stock  and  Class  B 
Common Stock. On March 5, 2012, the number of issued and outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock constituted less 
than 10% of the aggregate number of issued and outstanding shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock and Class B 
Common Stock, as the cumulative result of varied transactions that caused the conversion of shares of Class B Common 
Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock. Accordingly, the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are 
now, irrevocably from March 5, 2012, a single class of Common Stock in all respects. 

Our Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol TILE. As of February 14, 2014, we 
had  681 holders  of  record  of  our  Common  Stock.  We  estimate  that  there  are  in  excess  5,500  beneficial  holders  of  our 
Common Stock. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sale prices of the Company’s 
Common Stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market as well as dividends paid during such periods. 

2014 

First Quarter (through February 14, 2014) ...........  $

2013 

Fourth Quarter ......................................................  $
Third Quarter .......................................................   
Second Quarter.....................................................   
First Quarter .........................................................   

2012 

Fourth Quarter ......................................................  $
Third Quarter .......................................................   
Second Quarter.....................................................   
First Quarter .........................................................   

High

Low

Dividends Per 
Share

22.46    $

21.74    $
20.30     
19.86     
19.96     

16.37    $
14.79     
14.89     
14.08     

19.03    $ 

18.54    $ 
16.73      
15.13      
15.76      

12.94    $ 
11.62      
11.14      
10.76      

0.00 

0.03 
0.03 
0.025 
0.025 

0.025 
0.025 
0.02 
0.02 

Future declaration and payment of dividends is at the discretion of our Board, and depends upon, among other things, 
our investment policy and opportunities, results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, future prospects, and 
other  factors  that  may  be  considered  relevant  by  our  Board  at  the  time  of  its  determination.  Such  other  factors  include 
limitations contained in the agreement for our Syndicated Credit Facility and in an indenture for our public indebtedness, 
each  of  which  specify  conditions  as  to  when  any  dividend  payments  may  be  made.  As  such,  we  may  discontinue  our 
dividend  payments  in  the  future  if  our  Board  determines  that  a  cessation  of  dividend  payments  is  proper  in  light  of  the 
factors indicated above.  

17 

  
 
 
  
  
  
 
   
    
 
     
       
        
 
     
       
        
 
     
       
        
 
  
   
 
 
Stock Performance 

The following graph and table compare, for the five-year period ended December 29, 2013, the Company’s total returns 
to shareholders (stock price plus dividends, divided by beginning stock price) with that of (i) all companies listed on the 
Nasdaq  Composite  Index,  and  (ii)  a  self-determined  peer  group  comprised  primarily  of  companies  in  the  commercial 
interiors industry, assuming an initial investment of $100 in each on December 28, 2008. 

Interface, Inc. 
NASDAQ Composite Index 
Self-Determined Peer Group (14 Stocks) 

12/28/08
$100 
$100 
$100 

1/3/10
$164 
$150 
$152 

1/2/11
$310 
$177 
$210 

1/1/12 
$230 
$176 
$203 

12/30/12
$316 
$203 
$286 

12/29/13
$435 
$288 
$430 

Notes to Performance Graph 

(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 
(5) 
(6) 

The lines represent annual index levels derived from compound daily returns that include all dividends. 
The indices are re-weighted daily, using the market capitalization on the previous trading day. 
If the annual interval, based on the fiscal year-end, is not a trading day, the preceding trading day is used. 
The index level was set to $100 as of December 28, 2008 (the last day of fiscal 2008). 
The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Sunday nearest December 31. 
The  following  companies  are  included  in  the  Self-Determined  Peer  Group  depicted  above:  Acuity  Brands,  Inc.; 
Albany  International  Corp.;  Apogee  Enterprises,  Inc.;  Armstrong  World  Industries,  Inc.;  BE  Aerospace,  Inc.;  The
Dixie  Group,  Inc.;  Herman  Miller,  Inc.;  HNI  Corporation;  Kimball  International,  Inc.;  Knoll,  Inc.;  Mohawk
Industries, Inc.; Steelcase, Inc.; Unifi, Inc.; and USG Corp. 

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans 

See Item 12 of Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

18 

  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities  

The  following  table  contains  information  with  respect  to  purchases  made  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  Company,  or  any 
“affiliated purchaser” (as defined in Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), of our common stock 
during our fourth quarter ended December 29, 2013: 

Period(1) 

Total 
Number  
of Shares  
Purchased(2)

Average  
Price 
Paid 
Per Share(3)

Total Number 
of Shares 
Purchased as 
Part of 
Publicly 
Announced 
Plans or 

Programs(4)      

Maximum 
Number (or 
Approximate 
Dollar Value) 
of Shares that 
May Yet Be 
Purchased 
Under the Plans 
or Programs(4)  

September 30, 2013 ............................................   
October 1 – October 31, 2013 ............................   
November 1 – November 30, 2013 ....................   
December 1 – December 29, 2013 .....................   
Total ...................................................................   

0    $
2,723     
0     
0     
2,723    $

0     
20.51     
0     
0     
20.51     

0       
0       
0       
0       
0       

0 
0 
0 
0 
0 

(1)  The  monthly  periods  identified  above  correspond  to  the  Company’s  fiscal  fourth  quarter  of  2013,  which  commenced 
September 30, 2013 and ended December 29, 2013.  
(2) The referenced shares were acquired by the Company from an employee to satisfy income tax withholding obligations in 
connection with the vesting, in October 2013, of certain previous grants of restricted stock awards.  
(3) The referenced price paid per share represents the fair market value of all shares acquired from the employee on the date 
the  shares  vested,  which  is  equal  to  the  closing  price  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  on  the  NASDAQ  Global  Select 
Market on the day preceding the vesting date. The total represents the weighted average price paid per share. 
(4) We do not currently have a publicly announced stock repurchase program in place.  

19 

  
  
 
   
   
  
      
        
        
         
 
  
   
 
 
ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA  

We  derived  the  summary  consolidated  financial  data  presented  below  from  our  audited  consolidated  financial 
statements  and  the  notes  thereto  for  the  years  indicated.  You  should  read  the  summary  financial  data  presented  below 
together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the audited 
consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included within this document. Amounts for all periods presented have 
been adjusted for discontinued operations. 

2013

Selected Financial Data(1) 
2011 
(in thousands, except per share data and ratios)

2010 

2012

2009

Net sales .........................................................................   $ 959,989    $ 932,020    $ 953,045    $  862,314    $ 765,264 
  618,880      614,841      618,303       549,184      499,078 
Cost of sales ...................................................................  
Operating income(2) ........................................................  
67,611 
Income from continuing operations(3) ............................  
15,777 
(4,013)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax .  
Net income .....................................................................  
10,918 
Income from continuing operations per common share 

64,648     
22,899     
(16,956)    
5,943     

85,700      
38,270      
451      
38,721      

95,630     
48,255     
0     
48,255     

93,107     
10,297     
(963)    
8,283     

attributable to Interface, Inc. 
Basic ...........................................................................   $
Diluted ........................................................................   $

Average Shares Outstanding 

0.73    $
0.73    $

0.35    $
0.35    $

0.59    $ 
0.58    $ 

0.14    $
0.14    $

0.24 
0.24 

63,213 
Basic ...........................................................................  
63,308 
Diluted ........................................................................  
0.01 
Cash dividends per common share .................................   $
8,753 
Property additions ..........................................................  
Depreciation and amortization .......................................  
25,189 
Working capital ..............................................................   $ 257,918    $ 273,213    $ 271,625    $  238,937    $ 265,280 
  818,140      789,367      772,272       755,433      727,239 
Total assets .....................................................................  
  273,826      275,000      294,507       294,428      280,184 
Total long-term debt .......................................................  
  340,787      295,702      281,039       248,872      246,181 
Shareholders’ equity .......................................................  
Current ratio(4) ................................................................  
2.9 
__________    

65,291      
65,486      
0.08    $ 
38,050      
35,317      

66,194     
66,297     
0.11    $
91,851     
32,605     

65,767     
65,900     
0.09    $
42,428     
29,175     

63,794     
64,262     
0.04    $
31,715     
27,927     

2.8      

3.0     

2.7     

2.4     

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

In the third quarter of 2012, we sold our Bentley Prince Street business. The balances have been adjusted to reflect 
the discontinued operations of this business. For further analysis, see “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements –
Discontinued Operations” included in Item 8 of this Report. 
The following charges and items are included in our operating income. In 2013, we recorded a gain of approximately
$7.0 million related to the final settlement of our insurance claim relating to the Australia fire. In 2012, we recorded
restructuring and asset impairment charges of $19.4 million as well as expenses related to the Australia fire of $1.7 
million. In 2011, we recorded a restructuring and asset impairment charge of $5.8 million. In 2010, we recorded a
restructuring  charge  of  $2.9  million.  In  2009,  we  recorded  restructuring  charges  of  $6.9  million.  In  2009,  we
recorded income from litigation settlements of $5.9 million.  
Included in the 2013 income from continuing operations is $1.7 million of expenses related to the retirement of debt.
Included  in  the  2010  income  from  continuing  operations  are  pre-tax  expenses  of  $44.4  million  related  to  bond 
retirement.   

(4)  Current  ratio  is  the  ratio  of  current  assets  to  current  liabilities.  For  purposes  of  computing  our  current  ratio:
(a) current  assets  include  assets  of  businesses  held  for  sale  of  $60.7 million  for  2011,  $55.6 million  for  2010,  and 
$55.3 million for 2009.  Current liabilities include liabilities of businesses held for sale of $8.3 million for 2011, $7.9
million for 2010, and $2.4 million for 2009. 

20 

  
  
  
 
  
 
   
   
    
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
      
   
 
  
    
        
        
        
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS 

OF OPERATIONS  

General 

Our revenues are derived from sales of floorcovering products, primarily modular carpet (we sold our broadloom carpet 
operations in August 2012). Our business, as well as the commercial interiors industry in general, is cyclical in nature and 
is impacted by economic conditions and trends that affect the markets for commercial and institutional business space. The 
commercial  interiors  industry,  including  the  market  for  floorcovering  products,  is  largely  driven  by  reinvestment  by 
corporations into their existing businesses in the form of new fixtures and furnishings for their workplaces. In significant 
part,  the  timing  and  amount  of  such  reinvestments  are  impacted  by  the  profitability  of  those  corporations.  As  a  result, 
macroeconomic factors such as employment rates, office vacancy rates, capital spending, productivity and efficiency gains 
that impact corporate profitability in general, also affect our business. 

During the past several years, we have successfully focused more of our marketing and sales efforts on non-corporate 
office segments to reduce somewhat our exposure to economic cycles that affect the corporate office market segment more 
adversely, as well as to capture additional market share. Our mix of corporate office versus non-corporate office modular 
carpet sales in the Americas has shifted over the past several years to 48% and 52%, respectively, for 2013 compared with 
64%  and  36%,  respectively,  in  2001.  Company-wide,  our  mix  of  corporate  office  versus  non-corporate  office  sales  was 
60%  and  40%,  respectively,  in  2013.  We  expect  a  further  shift  in  the  future  as  we  continue  to  implement  our  market 
diversification strategy. 

During 2013, we had net sales of $960.0 million, compared with $932.0 million in 2012. Operating income for 2013 
was $95.6 million, compared with $64.6 million for 2012. Income from continuing operations for 2013 was $48.3 million, 
or  $0.73  per  diluted  share,  compared  with  $22.9  million,  or  $0.35  per  diluted  share,  in  2012.  Net  income  for  2013  was 
$48.3 million, or $0.73 per diluted share, compared with $5.9 million, or $0.09 per diluted share, in 2012.  

Included  in  our  results  for  2013  is  a  $7.0  million  gain  related  to  the  settlement  of  our  insurance  claim  related  to  the 
Australia fire, as discussed below. Also included in our 2013 results are a one-time tax dispute resolution benefit of $1.9 
million  related  to  the  execution  of  bilateral  pricing  agreements,  and  $1.7  million  of  expenses  for  the  retirement  of  debt. 
Included  in  our  results  for  2012  are  $19.4  million  of  restructuring  and  asset  impairment  charges  and  $1.7  million  of 
expenses related to the fire at our Australian manufacturing facility, as discussed below. Also included in our 2012 results 
is a loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, of $17.0 million related to the now discontinued Bentley Prince Street 
business segment. Included in our results for 2011 are $5.8 million of restructuring charges.  

Fire at Australia Facility 

In  July  2012,  a  fire  occurred  at  our  manufacturing  facility  in  Picton,  Australia,  which  served  customers  throughout 
Australia and New Zealand. The fire caused extensive damage to the facility, as well as disruption to business activity in 
the region. Since the fire, we have utilized adequate production capacity at our manufacturing facilities in Thailand, China, 
the U.S. and Europe to meet customer demand formerly serviced from Picton. While this has been executed with success, 
there  were,  as  expected,  business  disruptions  and  delays  in  shipments  that  affected  sales  following  the  fire.  While  it  is 
difficult to quantify the financial impacts of the fire, we believe it negatively affected net sales by approximately $13-18 
million during the balance of 2012 and by approximately $18-23 million during 2013. We have now completed the build-
out  of  a  new  manufacturing  facility  in  Minto,  Australia,  which  commenced  operations  in  January  2014.  For  additional 
information on the fire, please see the Note entitled “Fire at Australian Manufacturing Facility” in Item 8 of this Report. 

Discontinued Operations  

In 2012, we sold our Bentley Prince Street business segment. In accordance with applicable accounting standards, we 
have reported the results of operations for the former Bentley Prince Street business segment as “discontinued operations,” 
where  applicable.  Consequently,  our  discussion  of  sales  and  other  results  of  operations  (except  for  net  income  or  loss 
amounts), including percentages derived from or based on such amounts, excludes these discontinued operations unless we 
indicate otherwise. Our discontinued operations had no net sales, income or loss during 2013. Our discontinued operations 
had  net  sales  of  $57.0  million  and  $104.0  million  in  2012  and  2011,  respectively  (these  results  are  included  in  our 
statements  of  operations  as  part  of  the  “Income  (loss)  from  discontinued  operations,  net  of  tax”).  Income  (loss)  from 
discontinued operations, inclusive of the loss on disposal as well as costs to sell the business, net of tax, was ($17.0) million 
in  2012  and  $0.5  million  in  2011.  The  loss  from  discontinued  operations,  net  of  tax,  for  2012  was  comprised  of  the 
following after-tax amounts: (1) $8.6 million of loss on disposal; (2) $5.9 million of costs to sell the operations; and (3) 
21 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
$2.5 million of non-disposal loss from the discontinued operations. For additional information on discontinued operations, 
see the Notes entitled “Discontinued Operations” and “Taxes on Income” in Item 8 of this Report. 

Restructuring Charges 

2012 Restructuring Plan 

In 2012, we committed to a restructuring plan in our continuing efforts to reduce costs across our worldwide operations 
and  more  closely  align  our  operations  with  reduced  demand  levels  in  certain  markets.  The  plan  primarily  consisted  of 
ceasing manufacturing and warehousing operations at our facility in Shelf, England. In connection with this restructuring 
plan,  we  incurred  a  pre-tax  restructuring  and  asset  impairment  charge  in  the  first  quarter  of  2012  in  an  amount  of 
$16.3 million, as well as additional related charges of $0.8 million in the third quarter of 2012 and $2.3 million in the fourth 
quarter  of  2012.  These  charges  are  comprised  of  severance  expenses  of  $8.5  million  for  a  reduction  of  145  employees, 
other  related  exit  costs  of  $1.6 million,  and  impairment  of  assets  of  approximately  $9.4  million.  Approximately  $10.1 
million of the charge will result in cash expenditures, primarily severance expense. 

2011 Restructuring Plan 

In  2011,  we  committed  to  a  restructuring  plan  intended  to  reduce  costs  across  our  worldwide  operations  and  more 
closely  align  our  operations  with  reduced  demand  in  certain  markets.  As  a  result  of  this  plan,  we  incurred  pre-tax 
restructuring and asset impairment charges of $5.8 million in 2011. The majority of this charge ($5.0 million) related to the 
severance  of  approximately  90  employees  in  Europe,  Asia  and  the  United  States.  The  remainder  of  the  charge  ($0.8 
million) related to contract termination and fixed asset impairment costs. Approximately $5.0 million of this charge will 
result  in  cash  expenditures,  primarily  severance  expenses.  Actions  and  expense  related  to  this  plan  were  substantially 
completed by the end of 2011.  

7.625% Senior Notes 

On December 3, 2010, we completed a private offering of $275 million aggregate principal amount of 7.625% Senior 
Notes due 2018 (the “7.625% Senior Notes”). Interest on the 7.625% Senior Notes is payable semi-annually on June 1 and 
December 1 (the first payment was on June 1, 2011). We used the net proceeds from the sale of the 7.625% Senior Notes 
(plus cash on hand) in connection with the repurchase of approximately $141.9 million aggregate principal amount of our 
former  11.375%  Senior  Secured  Notes  and  approximately  $98.5  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  our  former  9.5% 
Senior  Subordinated  Notes,  pursuant  to  a  tender  offer  we  conducted  in  2010.  In  November  2013,  we  redeemed  $27.5 
million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  the 7.625%  Senior  Notes  at  a  price  equal  to 103%  of  the  principal  amount of  the 
notes redeemed, plus accrued interest to the redemption date. 

11.375% Senior Secured Notes 

In 2009, we completed a private offering of $150 million aggregate principal amount of 11.375% Senior Secured Notes 
due 2013 (the “11.375% Senior Secured Notes”). Interest on the 11.375% Senior Secured Notes was payable semi-annually 
on May 1 and November 1 (the first interest payment was on November 1, 2009). The 11.375% Senior Secured Notes were 
guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior secured basis by certain of our domestic subsidiaries. The 11.375% Senior 
Secured Notes were secured by a second-priority lien on substantially all of our and certain of our domestic subsidiaries’ 
assets that secure our Syndicated Credit Facility (discussed below) on a first-priority basis.  

Following the sale of our 7.625% Senior Notes and the repurchase of $141.9 million aggregate principal amount of our 
11.375% Senior Secured Notes with the proceeds, $8.1 million aggregate principal amount of our 11.375% Senior Secured 
Notes remained outstanding. These remaining 11.375% Senior Secured Notes were repaid at maturity in November 2013.  

22 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Analysis of Results of Operations  

The following discussion and analyses reflect the factors and trends discussed in the preceding sections.  

Our net sales that were denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar were approximately 52% in 2013, 51% in 
2012, and 54% in 2011. Because we have such substantial international operations, we are impacted, from time to time, by 
international developments that affect foreign currency transactions. For example, the performance of the euro against the 
U.S. dollar, for purposes of the translation of European revenues into U.S. dollars, favorably affected our reported results 
during 2013 and 2011, when the euro was strengthening relative to the U.S. dollar. During 2012, the dollar strengthened 
versus the euro, having the opposite effect on our reported results. The following table presents the amount (in U.S. dollars) 
by which the exchange rates for converting euros into U.S. dollars have affected our net sales and operating income during 
the past three years: 

2013

2012
(in millions) 

2011

Net sales ......................................................................  $
Operating income ........................................................   

8.8    $
0.7     

(23.5)   $ 
(2.0)     

14.6 
1.4 

The following table presents, as a percentage of net sales, certain items included in our Consolidated Statements of 

Operations during the past three years: 

Net sales ......................................................................   
Cost of sales ................................................................   
Gross profit on sales ....................................................   
Selling, general and administrative expenses ..............   
Restructuring and asset impairment charges ...............   
Expenses (Gain) related to Australia fire ....................   
Operating income ........................................................   
Interest/Other expense .................................................   
Debt retirement expenses ............................................   
Income from continuing operations before tax ...........   
Income tax expense .....................................................   
Income from continuing operations ............................   
Discontinued operations, net of tax .............................   
Net income ..................................................................   

Net Sales 

2013 

Fiscal Year 
2012 

2011 

100.0%    
64.5      
35.5      
26.3      
0.0      
(0.7)     
10.0      
2.6      
0.2      
7.2      
2.2      
5.0      
0.0      
5.0      

100.0%     
66.0       
34.0       
24.8       
2.1       
0.2       
6.9       
2.9       
0.0       
4.1       
1.6       
2.5       
(1.8)      
0.6       

100.0%
64.9  
35.1  
25.5  
0.6  
0.0  
9.0  
2.8  
0.0  
6.2  
2.2  
4.0  
0.0  
4.1  

Below we provide information regarding our net sales and analyze those results for each of the last three fiscal years. 
Fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011 were 52-week periods. (As a result of the sale of our Bentley Prince Street Segment in 
2012, we currently have only one segment for segment reporting purposes.)  

Fiscal Year
(in thousands)
2012

Percentage Change
    2013 compared       2012 compared  

2011

with 2012 

      with 2011

2013 

Net Sales ........................  $ 

959,989    $

932,020    $

953,045     

3.0%     

(2.2%)

23 

  
  
  
  
 
   
    
 
  
  
      
        
         
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
     
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
    
   
   
 
  
      
        
        
        
         
 
  
 
 
Net Sales for 2013 Compared with 2012 

For 2013, net sales increased $28.0 million (3.0%) versus 2012. This increase is due primarily to the strength of the 
economic recovery in the Americas, coupled with lower rates of decline in our international markets compared with 2012. 
On a geographic basis, we experienced a sales increase in the Americas (up 7.3%), which was partially offset by decreases 
in  Europe  (down  2.0%  in  U.S.  dollars,  5.3%  in  local  currency)  and  Asia-Pacific  (down  2.5%).  On  a  consolidated  basis 
fluctuations in currency exchange rates did not have a significant impact on the change in sales for 2013 compared with 
2012.  

In  the  Americas,  the  increase  primarily  occurred  in  three  of  our  market  segments  –  corporate  office,  residential  and 
hospitality.  The  corporate  office  segment  experienced  an  increase  of  9%,  due  primarily  to  the  continued  rebound  of  the 
commercial office market in the United States. The residential market segment saw an increase of 38%, due to the growth 
of our FLOR residential business. This business now has 21 retail FLOR stores open across North America. The increase in 
the hospitality market segment (up 37%) is a direct result of our continued sales and marketing efforts in this market over 
the last two years. Only the retail segment (down 7%) experienced a significant decline. The weighted average selling price 
per square yard in the Americas saw an increase of approximately 3% versus 2012.  

In  Europe,  the  sales  decrease  was  a  result  of  the  continued  macroeconomic  uncertainty  in  the  region.  The  decline 
occurred across virtually all market segments, with the corporate office (down 1% in U.S. dollars, 4% in local currency) , 
retail (down 19% in U.S. dollars, 21% in local currency) and government (down 7% in U.S. dollars, 10% in local currency) 
being the most significant. The weighted average selling price per square yard in Europe was up slightly year over year in 
U.S. dollars and down less than 2% in local currency. In the fourth quarter of 2013, we saw a 4% sales increase in Europe 
in U.S. dollars (essentially flat in local currency) versus the fourth quarter of 2012, demonstrating some stabilization in the 
market at the close of the year and perhaps signaling an improving environment on a going forward basis.  

In Asia-Pacific, the sales decline was largely a result of our performance in Australia, where we had lower sales as a 
result of the continued effect of the fire at our Australia manufacturing facility in 2012. The fire led to increased lead times 
for orders and other business disruptions that had a negative impact in the marketplace. The weakening of the Australian 
dollar  in  2013  versus  2012  was  another  factor  in  the  decline.  The  decrease  in  Australia  was  partially  offset  by  sales 
increases in the rest of the Asia-Pacific region, particularly in China and Southeast Asia. The majority of the sales decline 
in  Asia-Pacific  occurred  in  the  corporate  office  (down 10%), healthcare  (down 51%) and  education (down 14%) market 
segments.  These  decreases  were  mitigated  somewhat  by  increases  in  the  retail  (up  67%),  government  (up  67%)  and 
hospitality  (up  55%)  market  segments.  The  weighted  average  selling  price  per  square  yard  in  the  Asia-Pacific  region 
declined  approximately  4%  in 2013 versus 2012. In  January  2014,  we  commenced operations  at  our  new  manufacturing 
facility in Minto, Australia. With the opening of this facility, we believe we will see improved sales activity in Australia in 
2014.  

Net Sales for 2012 Compared with 2011 

For  2012,  net  sales  decreased  $21.0  million  (2.2%)  versus  2011.  On  a  worldwide  basis,  the  general  economic 
uncertainty  had  an  impact  on  buyers  of  our  product,  as  we  experienced  declines  in  almost  all  market  segments  with  the 
exception  of  the  residential  market.  On  a  geographic  basis,  we  experienced  a  sales  increase  in  the  Americas  (up  5.1%), 
which was offset by decreases in Europe (down 8.1%) and Asia-Pacific (down 13.2%).  

In the Americas, the increase in sales was due to the continued rebound of the corporate office market (up 7%), as well 
as increases in the residential (up 23%) and education (up 6%) market segments. The increase in residential was largely as 
a result of the continuing roll-out of our FLOR stores. These increases in the Americas were somewhat offset by decreases 
in the government (down 10%) and healthcare (down 7%) market segments. The weighted average selling price per square 
yard in the Americas saw an increase of approximately 5% in 2012.  

In Europe, currency translation was the driving factor behind the 2012 decrease, as we experienced a decline of 8% as 
reported in U.S. dollars, but in local currency the sales were essentially even with the prior year. All market segments in 
Europe experienced a decline as reported in U.S. dollars, with corporate office being the most significant (down 6%). On a 
local currency basis, however, the corporate office segment saw a 2% increase, which was mitigated by smaller decreases 
in the retail (down 13%) and government (down 7%) market segments. The weighted average selling price per square yard 
in Europe was down approximately 3% in U.S. dollars, but up approximately 5% in local currency.  

24 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Due largely to both the fire in our plant in Australia in July 2012, as well as the lack of government stimulus funds in 
2012 versus 2011, we experienced a sales decline in the Asia-Pacific region of 13% versus 2011. While it is difficult to 
quantify, we believe that the fire at our Australia facility and the related delays in shipments while we worked to stabilize 
our  supply  chain  led  to  a  reduction  of  $13-$18  million  in  net  sales  for  2012.  The  most  significant  decline  was  in  the 
education market (down 52%) due to the curtailment of government stimulus in the region, particularly in Australia. The 
decline  in  Asia-Pacific  was  also  fueled  by  lower  sales  in  the  hospitality  (down  44%)  and  corporate  office  (down  3%) 
market segments. The weighted average selling price in the Asia-Pacific region was essentially even compared with 2011.  

Cost and Expenses 

The following table presents our overall cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses during the past 

three years: 

Cost and Expenses 

Fiscal Year 

2013

2012 
(in thousands)

2011 

Percentage Change 
2012 
2013 
compared 
compared 
with 2011
with 2012 

Cost of Sales ...............................................  $ 
Selling, General and Administrative 

Expenses ..................................................    
Total ............................................................  $ 

618,880    $

614,841    $

618,303     

0.7%    

(0.5)%

252,433     
871,313    $

231,358     
846,199    $

243,287     
861,590     

9.1%    
3.0%    

(4.9)%
(1.8)%

For  2013,  our  cost  of  sales  increased  $4.0  million  (1%)  versus  2012.  Fluctuations  in  currency  exchange  rates  had  a 
slight  negative  impact  (less  than  1%)  year  over  year.  The  primary  components  of  this  increase  in  cost  of  sales  were 
increases  in  raw  material  costs  (approximately  $3  million)  and  labor  costs  (approximately  $0.4  million)  associated  with 
higher production volumes, particularly in the second and third quarters of 2013 versus the prior year periods. On a per unit 
basis, we did not experience any significant cost differences in raw materials in 2013 versus 2012. We saw gross margin 
expansion  in  our  Europe  and  Asia-Pacific  regions  during  2013,  especially  in  the  fourth  quarter,  due  to  continued 
implementation of our lean manufacturing initiatives and streamlining of our supply chain in the Asia-Pacific region. As a 
result of these items, cost of sales decreased, as a percentage of sales, to 64.5% in 2013 versus 66.0% in 2012. 

For 2012, our cost of sales decreased $3.5 million (0.5%) versus 2011. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates resulted 
in approximately $10 million of decrease in cost of sales, so absent currency translation effects, there was an increase in the 
cost of sales in 2012 versus 2011. The increase absent currency translation effects is primarily attributable to (1) a 3-4% 
increase  in  raw  material  prices  in  2012  versus  2011,  (2)  lower  absorption  of  fixed  manufacturing  costs  associated  with 
lower production volumes in 2012 versus 2011, and (3) supply chain disruption in the second half of 2012 as a result of the 
fire at our facility in Picton, Australia. Due to these factors, we saw an increase in cost of sales as a percentage of sales to 
66.0% in 2012 versus 64.9% in 2011. We did see improvement in gross margin in the fourth quarter of 2012 versus the 
comparable  period  in  2011  due  to  higher  absorption  of  fixed  costs  due  to  higher  production  volumes,  as  well  as  the 
beginning  of  realization  of  savings  from  our  2012  restructuring  plans.  However,  this  quarterly  improvement  was  not 
substantial enough to counteract the above factors in the earlier parts of the year.  

For 2013, our selling, general and administrative expenses increased $21.1 million (9.1%) versus 2012. Fluctuations in 
currency exchange rates did not have a significant impact on the increase. The largest component of the change in selling, 
general  and  administrative  expenses  was  an  increase  in  selling  costs of $9.2  million. The  majority  of  this  increase  ($8.3 
million) was in the Americas region, comprised of approximately $4.3 million of increased selling expenses for our FLOR 
store  platform  as  it  expanded  to  a  total  of  21  stores  during  2013  and  $3.9  million  of  increased  selling  costs  at  our  core 
modular  business  in  the  Americas  due  to  additions  of  sales  people  and  other  personnel  in  the  sales  group.  We  also 
experienced  an  increase  in  marketing  costs  of  $3.0  million,  primarily  in  the  Americas  ($2.0  million)  and  Europe  ($1.0 
million) divisions, related to targeted marketing programs designed to drive sales in non-corporate market segments. The 
remainder  of  the  increase  was  research  and  development  and  administrative  costs,  driven  primarily  by  increased  stock 
compensation  expense  ($4.6  million)  related  to  new  grants  in  2013  as  well  as  vesting  of  grants  based  on  performance 
targets being met to a greater extent during 2013 versus 2012. Due to the above factors, as a percentage of net sales, selling, 
general  and  administrative  expenses  increased  to  26.3%  in  2013  versus  24.8%  in  2012.  We  believe  that  these  increased 
expenses  will  continue  to  yield  sales  growth  and  efficiency  benefits,  and  we  expect  selling,  general  and  administrative 
expense to decline as a percentage of sales going forward.  

25 

   
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
   
   
 
 
     
  
  
   
  
      
 
 
  
  
  
  
For 2012, our selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $11.9 million (4.9%) versus 2011. Fluctuations in 
currency  exchange  rates  accounted  for  approximately  $4  million  (1.5%)  of  the  decrease.  The  largest  component  of  the 
change in selling, general and administrative expense was a decrease in administrative costs of approximately $14 million, 
which  was  due  primarily  to  lower  stock  compensation  expense  of  $6  million  during  the  first  six  months  of  2012, 
particularly in the Americas, as a result of performance goals not being obtained to the same degree as in 2011. There also 
was a decrease in administrative expenses due to the significant restructuring actions which took place in 2011 and 2012, 
particularly in our European operations. We also experienced a decrease of $4 million in marketing expense, particularly in 
the  Americas,  due  to  lower  catalog  circulation  in  our  FLOR  business  (approximately  $1  million),  as  well  as  reduced 
marketing  programs  as  we  evaluated  the  cost  effectiveness  of  our  marketing  platform  in  light  of  market  requirements. 
These decreases were offset somewhat by increased selling costs of $7 million, primarily in the Americas, due to both the 
FLOR store rollout (approximately $2 million) as well as sales personnel additions in the Americas in response to positive 
market  conditions  in  that  region,  and  increased  selling  costs  due  to  increased  sales  in  the  Americas  (approximately  $3 
million increase.) Due to the above factors, as a percentage of net sales, selling, general and administrative costs declined to 
24.8% in 2012 versus 25.5% in 2011.  

Interest Expense 

For 2013,  interest  expense  decreased $1.2 million  to  $23.8  million  versus  $25.0  million  in  2012.  This  decrease was 
primarily due to the repayment of the $8.1 million balance of our 11.375% Senior Secured Notes at maturity in November 
2013 and the early redemption of $27.5 million of our 7.625% Senior Notes in November 2013. Although we subsequently 
borrowed under our Syndicated Credit Facility in December of 2013, the borrowing was at a significantly lower interest 
rate than the notes which were repaid in November 2013. 

For 2012 interest expense decreased $1.3 million versus 2011. This decrease was primarily due to the redemption of 

the remaining $11.5 million our former 9.5% Senior Subordinated Notes in April 2012. 

Tax 

Our effective tax rate in 2013 was 30.1%, compared with an effective rate of 39.9% in 2012. This decrease in effective 
rate was primarily attributable to (1) the settlement of our Canada-U.S. bilateral advanced pricing agreement, (2) a decrease 
in nondeductible business expenses, (3) a decrease in nondeductible reserves against capital assets, (4) an effective foreign 
tax  rate  that  is  lower  than  the  federal statutory rate  coupled with  a  significant  increase  of foreign  earnings  from  2012  to 
2013, and (5) an effective state tax rate that is lower due to a larger proportion of foreign earnings in 2013. In addition, 
there  was  an  increase  in  the  effective  rate  attributable  to  valuation  allowances  related  to  state  net  operating  loss 
carryforwards. For additional information on taxes and a reconciliation of effective tax rates to statutory tax rates, see the 
Note entitled “Taxes on Income” in Item 8 of this Report.  

Our effective tax rate in 2012 was 39.9%, compared with an effective rate of 35.0% in 2011. This increase in effective 
rate was primarily attributable to (1) nondeductible business expenses associated with the fire at the Australia plant, and (2) 
a nondeductible reserve on capital assets associated with our 2012 restructuring plan. In addition, there were decreases in 
the effective rate attributable to the cash surrender value of life insurance policies and tax effects of undistributed earnings 
from foreign subsidiaries not deemed to be indefinitely reinvested, which were offset by increases in the effective rate for 
foreign and U.S. tax effects attributable to foreign operations. For additional information on taxes and a reconciliation of 
effective tax rates to statutory tax rates, see the Note entitled “Taxes on Income” in Item 8 of this Report.  

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

General 

In  our  business,  we  require  cash  and  other  liquid  assets  primarily  to  purchase  raw  materials  and  to  pay  other 
manufacturing costs, in addition to funding normal course selling, general and administrative expenses, anticipated capital 
expenditures,  interest  expense  and  potential  special  projects.  We  generate  our  cash  and  other  liquidity  requirements 
primarily  from  our  operations  and  from  borrowings  or  letters  of  credit  under  our  Syndicated  Credit  Facility  discussed 
below.  We  believe  that  we  will  be  able  to  continue  to  enhance  the  generation  of  free  cash  flow  through  the  following 
initiatives: 

●         Improving our inventory turns by continuing to implement a made-to-order model throughout our organization; 
●         Reducing our average days sales outstanding through improved credit and collection practices; and 

26 

 
    
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
●          Limiting  the  amount  of  our  capital  expenditures  generally  to  those  projects  that  have  a  short-term  payback 

period. 

Historically,  we  use  more  cash  in  the  first  half  of  the  fiscal  year,  as  we  fund  insurance  premiums,  tax  payments, 
incentive  compensation  and  inventory  build-up  in  preparation  for  the  holiday/vacation  season  of  our  international 
operations. 

In  addition,  we  have  a  high  contribution  margin  business  with  low  capital  expenditure  requirements.  Contribution 
margin represents variable gross profit margin less the variable component of selling, general and administrative expenses, 
and for us is an indicator of profit on incremental sales after the fixed components of cost of sales and selling, general and 
administrative expenses have been recovered. While contribution margin should not be construed as a substitute for gross 
margin, which is determined in accordance with GAAP, it is included herein to provide additional information with respect 
to  our  potential  for  profitability.  In  addition,  we  believe  that  investors  find  contribution  margin  to  be  a  useful  tool  for 
measuring our profitability on an operating basis. 

At  December  29,  2013,  we  had  $72.9  million  in  cash.  Approximately  $17.4  million  of  this  cash  was  located  in  the 
United  States,  and  the  remaining  $55.5  million  was  located  at  our  international  locations.  Our  position  is  that  the  cash 
located outside of the United States is permanently reinvested in the respective jurisdictions (except as identified below). 
We  believe  that  our  strategic  plans  and  business  needs  support  the  status  of  our  cash  in  foreign  locations.  Of  the  $55.5 
million  cash  in  foreign  jurisdictions,  approximately  $4.2  million  represents  earnings  which  we  have  determined  are  not 
permanently  reinvested,  and  as  such  we  have  provided  for  U.S.  federal  and  state  income  taxes  on  these  amounts  in 
accordance with applicable accounting standards.  

As of December 29, 2013, we had $26.3 million of borrowings and $3.6 million in letters of credit outstanding under 
our Syndicated Credit Facility. As of December 29, 2013, we could have incurred $173.4 million of additional borrowings 
under  our  Syndicated  Credit  Facility.  In  addition,  we  could  have  incurred  the  equivalent  of  $6.0  million  of  borrowings 
under our other credit facilities in place at other non-U.S. subsidiaries.  

We  have  approximately  $57.6  million  in  contractual  cash  obligations  due  by  the  end  of  fiscal  year  2014,  which 
includes,  among  other  things,  pension  cash  contributions,  interest  payments  on  our  debt  and  capital  expenditure 
commitments.  Based  on  current  interest  rate  and  debt  levels,  we  expect  our  aggregate  interest  expense  for  2014  to  be 
between $20 million and $22 million. We estimate aggregate capital expenditures in 2014 to be between $40 million and 
$50 million, although we are not committed to these amounts. 

On December 3, 2010, we completed a private offering of $275 million aggregate principal amount of 7.625% Senior 
Notes.  Interest  on  the  7.625%  Senior  Notes  is  payable  semi-annually  on  June  1  and  December  1  (the  first  payment  was 
made  on  June  1,  2011).  We  used  the  net  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  the  7.625%  Senior  Notes  (plus  cash  on  hand)  in 
connection with the repurchase of approximately $141.9 million aggregate principal amount of our former 11.375% Senior 
Secured Notes and approximately $98.5 million aggregate principal amount of our former 9.5% Senior Subordinated Notes, 
pursuant to a tender offer we conducted. In November 2013, we redeemed $27.5 million aggregate principal amount of the 
7.625% Senior Notes at a price equal to 103% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed, plus accrued interest to the 
redemption date. 

It is important for you to consider that we have a significant amount of indebtedness. Our Syndicated Credit Facility 
matures in October 2018, and our outstanding $247.5 million of 7.625% Senior Notes mature in 2018. We cannot assure 
you that we will be able to renegotiate or refinance any of our debt on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are 
unable to refinance our debt or obtain new financing, we would have to consider other options, such as selling assets to 
meet our debt service obligations and other liquidity needs, or using cash, if available, that would have been used for other 
business purposes. 

27 

  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Syndicated Credit Facility 

On  October  22,  2013,  we  entered  into  a  new  Syndicated  Facility  Agreement  among  the  Company,  certain  wholly-
owned  foreign  subsidiaries  of  the  Company  as  borrowers,  certain  subsidiaries  of  the  Company  as  guarantors,  Bank  of 
America, N.A. as Administrative Agent, The Royal Bank of Scotland, as Syndication Agent, SunTrust Bank and Regions 
Bank, as Co-Documentation Agents, and the other lenders party thereto. Pursuant to the Syndicated Facility Agreement, the 
lenders provide to the Company and certain of its subsidiaries a multicurrency revolving credit facility (the “Facility”) of 
up to $200 million at any one time. The key features of the Facility are as follows: 

●  The Facility matures on October 22, 2018. 
●  The Facility includes (i) a multicurrency revolving loan facility made available to Interface, Inc. and our principal 
subsidiaries in Europe and Australia not to exceed $190 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding, and
(ii) a revolving loan facility made available to our principal subsidiary in Thailand not to exceed the equivalent of 
$10 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding. A sublimit of $40 million exists for the issuance of letters
of credit under the Facility. 

●  The Facility includes (i) a multicurrency revolving loan facility made available to Interface, Inc. and our principal 
subsidiaries in Europe and Australia not to exceed $190 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding, and
(ii) a revolving loan facility made available to our principal subsidiary in Thailand not to exceed the equivalent of 
$10 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding. A sublimit of $40 million exists for the issuance of letters
of credit under the Facility. 

●  The Facility contains financial covenants (specifically, a consolidated net leverage ratio and a consolidated interest 

coverage ratio) that must be met as of the end of each fiscal quarter. 

●  We  have  the  option  to  increase  the  multicurrency  loan  facility  by  up  to  $150  million  (or  $250  million  if  the
proceeds of the increase are used to pay off all remaining 7.625% Senior Notes), subject to the receipt of lender 
commitments for the increase and the satisfaction of certain other conditions. 

Interest Rates and Fees. Interest on base rate loans is charged at varying rates computed by applying a margin ranging 
from 0.25% to 1.50% over the applicable base interest rate (which is defined as the greatest of the prime rate, a specified 
federal funds rate plus 0.50%, or a specified LIBOR rate), depending on our consolidated net leverage ratio as of the most 
recently completed fiscal quarter. Interest on LIBOR-based loans and fees for letters of credit are charged at varying rates 
computed  by  applying  a  margin  ranging  from  1.25%  to  2.50%  over  the  applicable  LIBOR  rate,  depending  on  our 
consolidated  net  leverage  ratio  as  of  the  most  recently  completed  fiscal  quarter.  In  addition,  we  pay  a  commitment  fee 
ranging  from  0.20%  to  0.35%  per  annum  (depending  on  our  consolidated  net  leverage  ratio  as  of  the  most  recently 
completed fiscal quarter) on the unused portion of the Facility. 

Covenants. The  Facility  contains  standard  and  customary  covenants  for  agreements  of  this  type,  including  various 

reporting, affirmative and negative covenants. Among other things, these covenants limit our ability to: 

create or incur liens on assets;  

incur indebtedness or contingent obligations; 
sell or dispose of assets (in excess of certain specified amounts); 

● 
●  make acquisitions of or investments in businesses (in excess of certain specified amounts); 
● 
● 
●  pay dividends or repurchase our stock (in excess of certain specified amounts); 
● 
● 

repay other indebtedness prior to maturity unless we meet certain conditions; and 
enter into sale and leaseback transactions. 

The Facility also requires us to remain in compliance with the following financial covenants as of the end of each fiscal 

quarter, based on our consolidated results for the year then ended: 

●  Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio: Must be no greater than (i) 4.50:1.00 through and including the fiscal quarter
ending December 28, 2014, (ii) 4.00:1.00 from and including the fiscal quarter ending April 5, 2015 through and
including the fiscal quarter ending January 3, 2016, and (iii) 3.75:1.00 for each fiscal quarter thereafter. 
●  Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio: Must be no less than 2.25:1.00 as of the end of any fiscal quarter. 

28 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Events of Default. If we breach or fail to perform any of the affirmative or negative covenants under the Facility, or if 
other  specified  events  occur  (such  as  a  bankruptcy  or  similar  event  or  a  change  of  control  of  Interface,  Inc.  or  certain 
subsidiaries, or if we breach or fail to perform any covenant or agreement contained in any instrument relating to any of our 
other indebtedness exceeding $20 million), after giving effect to any applicable notice and right to cure provisions, an event 
of default will exist. If an event of default exists and is continuing, the lenders’ Administrative Agent may, and upon the 
written request of a specified percentage of the lender group shall:  

●  declare all commitments of the lenders under the facility terminated;  
●  declare all amounts outstanding or accrued thereunder immediately due and payable; and  
● 

exercise other rights and remedies available to them under the agreement and applicable law. 

Collateral.  Pursuant  to  a  Security  and  Pledge  Agreement  executed  on  the  same  date,  the  Facility  is  secured  by 
substantially all of the assets of Interface, Inc. and our domestic subsidiaries (subject to exceptions for certain immaterial 
subsidiaries), including all of the stock of our domestic subsidiaries and up to 65% of the stock of our first-tier material 
foreign  subsidiaries.  If  an  event  of  default  occurs  under  the  Facility,  the  lenders’  Administrative  Agent  may,  upon  the 
request of a specified percentage of lenders, exercise remedies with respect to the collateral, including, in some instances, 
foreclosing  mortgages  on  real  estate  assets,  taking  possession  of  or  selling  personal  property  assets,  collecting  accounts 
receivables,  or  exercising  proxies  to  take  control  of  the  pledged  stock  of  domestic  and  first-tier  material  foreign 
subsidiaries. 

In connection with the execution of the Syndicated Facility Agreement, we terminated (i) the Seventh Amended and 
Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2011, among Interface, Inc. (and certain direct and indirect subsidiaries), 
the  lenders  listed  therein,  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National  Association  and  Bank  of  America,  N.A.,  which  provided  a  $100 
million  domestic  revolving  credit  facility;  and  (ii)  the  Credit  Agreement,  executed  on  April  24,  2009,  among  Interface 
Europe  B.V.  (and  certain  of its  subsidiaries)  and  The  Royal  Bank  of  Scotland N.V. (as  successor  to ABN AMRO Bank 
N.V.), as amended, which provided a credit facility for borrowings and bank guarantees of up to €20.0 million 

As of December 29, 2013 we had $26.3 million of borrowings outstanding under the Facility, and had $3.6 million in 

letters of credit outstanding under the Facility.  

We  are  presently  in  compliance  with  all  covenants  under  the  Syndicated  Credit  Facility  and  anticipate  that  we  will 

remain in compliance with the covenants for the foreseeable future. 

Senior Notes 

As of December 29, 2013, we had outstanding $247.5 million of our 7.625% Senior Notes. The indenture governing 

these notes, on a collective basis, contain covenants that limit or restrict our ability to: 

•   incur additional indebtedness;  

•   make dividend payments or other restricted payments; 

•   create liens on our assets; 

•   sell our assets; 

•   sell securities of our subsidiaries; 

•   enter into transactions with shareholders and affiliates; and  

•   enter into mergers, consolidations or sales of all or substantially all of our assets. 

In addition, the indenture contains a covenant that requires us to make an offer to purchase the outstanding notes under 

such indenture in the event of a change of control of Interface, Inc. (as defined in the indenture). 

The  Notes  are  guaranteed,  fully,  unconditionally,  and  jointly  and  severally,  on  an  unsecured  basis  by  each  of  our 

material U.S. subsidiaries.  

29 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
If we breach or fail to perform any of the affirmative or negative covenants under the indenture, or if other specified 
events  occur  (such  as  a  bankruptcy  or  similar  event),  after  giving  effect  to  any  applicable  notice  and  right  to  cure 
provisions, an event of default will exist. An event of default also will exist if we breach or fail to perform any covenant or 
agreement contained in any other instrument relating to any of our indebtedness exceeding $20 million and such default or 
failure results in the indebtedness becoming due and payable. If an event of default exists and is continuing, the trustee of 
the notes (or the holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of such notes) may declare the principal amount of the 
notes  and  accrued  interest  thereon  immediately  due  and  payable  (except  in  the  case  of  bankruptcy,  in  which  case  such 
amounts are immediately due and payable even in the absence of such a declaration).  

Analysis of Cash Flows 

Our primary sources of cash during 2013 were: (1) $56.0 million of proceeds received from our insurance company on 
our  claim  related  to  the  fire  at  our  Australia  manufacturing  facility  in  2012;  (2)  $26.3  million  of  borrowings  under  our 
Syndicated Credit Facility; and (3) $3.5 million due to a reduction in accounts receivable. Our primary uses of cash in 2013 
were:  (1)  $91.9  million  of  capital  expenditures,  which  included  expenditures  for  the  purchase  and  build-out  of  our  new 
manufacturing  facility  in  Minto,  Australia;  (2) $35.6 million of  cash used  to  retire  the  remainder ($8.1  million  aggregate 
principal amount) of our 11.375% Senior Secured Notes and a portion ($27.5 million aggregate principal amount) of our 
7.625% Senior Notes; and (3) $17.3 million due to a decrease in accounts payable and accruals. 

Our primary sources of cash during 2012 were: (1) $32.2 million of net proceeds from the sale of our Bentley Prince 
Street  business  segment;  (2)  $20.0  million  as  a  result  of  a  reduction  of  accounts  receivable;  and  (3)  $20.7  million  of 
proceeds  from  the  insurance company  with  regard  to  the fire  at  our Australian  facility.  Our primary  uses of  cash during 
2012 were: (1) $42.4 million of capital expenditures; (2) an increase of prepaid expenses and other current assets of $11.9 
million,  primarily  related  to  the  insurance  receivable  for  our  fire  claim  in  Australia;  and  (3)  $11.5  million  for  the 
redemption of the remainder of our former 9.5% Senior Subordinated Notes. 

Our primary sources of cash during 2011 were: (1) $2.7  million received as a result of exercises of employee stock 
options; and (2) $1.4 million received due to a reduction of prepaid expenses. Our primary uses of cash during 2011 were: 
(1) $38.1 million for capital expenditures; (2) $31.6 million due to increased inventory levels; and (3) $17.6 million due to 
decreases in accounts payable and accruals. 

We believe that our liquidity position will provide sufficient funds to meet our current commitments  and other cash 

requirements for the foreseeable future.  

30 

  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Funding Obligations 

We  have  various  contractual  obligations  that  we  must  fund  as  part  of  our  normal  operations.  The  following  table 
discloses aggregate information about our contractual obligations (including the remaining contractual obligations related 
to our discontinued operations) and the periods in which payments are due. The amounts and time periods are measured 
from December 29, 2013. 

Total 
Payments 
Due 

Less than
1 year

Payments Due by Period 

    1-3 years      3-5 years     
(in thousands) 

More than 
5 years

Long-Term Debt Obligations ................................  $
Operating Lease Obligations(1) ............................   
Expected Interest Payments(2) ..............................   
Unconditional Purchase Obligations(3) ................   
Pension Cash Obligations(4) .................................   
Total Contractual Cash Obligations(5) ..................  $
______________________   

273,826    $
74,714     
98,476     
7,576     
124,061     
578,653    $

0    $
20,634     
20,029     
5,924     
11,047     
57,634    $

0    $
25,387      
40,058      
1,492      
22,726      
89,663    $

273,826    $
13,264     
38,389     
160     
23,972     
349,611    $

0 
15,429 
0 
0 
66,316 
81,745 

(1)  Our capital lease obligations are insignificant. 

(2)  Expected  interest  payments  to  be  made  in  future  periods  reflect  anticipated  interest  payments  related  to  the
$247.5 million outstanding of our 7.625% Senior Notes and the $26.3 million of borrowings outstanding under our
Syndicated Credit Facility as of December 29, 2013. We have also assumed in the presentation above that these 
notes and borrowings will remain outstanding until maturity.  

(3)  Unconditional  purchase  obligations  do  not  include  unconditional  purchase  obligations  that  are  included  as

liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Our capital expenditure commitments are not significant. 

(4)  We have two foreign defined benefit plans and a domestic salary continuation plan. We have presented above the
estimated cash obligations that will be paid under these plans over the next ten years. Such amounts are based on
several  estimates  and  assumptions  and  could  differ  materially  should  the  underlying  estimates  and  assumptions
change.  Our  domestic  salary  continuation  plan  is  an  unfunded  plan,  and  we  do  not  currently  have  any 
commitments to make contributions to this plan. However, we do use insurance instruments to hedge our exposure
under the salary continuation plan. Contributions to our other employee benefit plans are at our discretion. 

(5)  The  above  table  does  not  reflect  unrecognized  tax  benefits  of  $27.4  million,  the  timing  of  which  payments  are

uncertain. See the Note entitled “Taxes on Income” in Item 8 of this Report for further information. 

31 

  
  
  
   
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Critical Accounting Policies 

The  policies  discussed  below  are  considered  by  management  to  be  critical  to  an  understanding  of  our  consolidated 
financial  statements  because  their  application  places  the  most  significant  demands  on  management’s  judgment,  with 
financial reporting results relying on estimations about the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain. Specific risks for 
these critical accounting policies are described in the following paragraphs. For all of these policies, management cautions 
that future events may not develop as forecasted, and the best estimates routinely require adjustment. 

Revenue  Recognition.  The  vast  majority  of  our  revenue  is  recognized  at  the  date  of  shipment  when  the  following 
criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, price to the buyer is fixed and determinable, and collectability 
is reasonably assured. Delivery is not considered to have occurred until the customer takes title and assumes the risks and 
rewards of ownership, which is generally on the date of shipment. Provisions for discounts, sales returns and allowances 
are  estimated  using  historical  experience,  current  economic  trends,  and  the  company’s  quality  performance.  The  related 
provision  is  recorded  as  a  reduction  of  sales  and  cost  of  sales  in  the  same  period  that  the  revenue  is  recognized. 
Accordingly, our estimates and assumptions regarding revenue recognition primarily relate to sales returns and allowances, 
which historically have been in the range of 2.5-3.0% of gross sales. Over the last several years, we have not experienced 
any significant fluctuation in sales returns and allowances, our estimates and assumptions related thereto have not changed 
significantly, and we believe our estimates and assumptions to be reasonably accurate. Management also believes this past 
experience can be relied upon for such estimates and assumptions in future periods, as our business model and customer 
mix have not changed significantly. 

A small percentage (less than 5%) of our revenue relates to flooring installation projects, which generally involve short 
time  periods  (typically  less  than  two  weeks)  and  therefore  present  little  risk  of  material  difference  due  to  changes  in 
experience. 

Shipping and handling fees billed to customers are classified in net sales in the consolidated statements of operations. 

Shipping and handling costs incurred are classified in cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations.  

Impairment  of  Long-Lived  Assets.  Long-lived  assets  are  reviewed  for  impairment  at  the  asset  group  level  whenever 
events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  value  may  not  be  recoverable.  If  the  sum  of  the  expected 
future  undiscounted  cash  flow  is  less  than  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset,  an  impairment  is  indicated.  A  loss  is  then 
recognized  for  the  difference,  if  any,  between  the  fair  value  of  the  asset  (as  estimated  by  management  using  its  best 
judgment) and the carrying value of the asset. If actual market value is less favorable than that estimated by management, 
additional write-downs may be required. 

Deferred Income Tax Assets and Liabilities. The carrying values of deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflect the 
application  of  our  income  tax  accounting  policies  in  accordance  with  applicable  accounting  standards,  and  are  based  on 
management’s  assumptions  and  estimates  regarding  future  operating  results  and  levels  of  taxable  income,  as  well  as 
management’s  judgment  regarding  the  interpretation  of  the  provisions  of  applicable  accounting  standards.  The  carrying 
values of liabilities for income taxes currently payable are based on management’s interpretations of applicable tax laws, 
and  incorporate  management’s  assumptions  and  judgments  regarding  the  use of  tax planning  strategies  in  various  taxing 
jurisdictions. The use of different estimates, assumptions and judgments in connection with accounting for income taxes 
may result in materially different carrying values of income tax assets and liabilities and results of operations. 

We  evaluate  the  recoverability  of  these  deferred  tax  assets  by  assessing  the  adequacy  of  future  expected  taxable 
income from all sources, including reversal of taxable temporary differences, forecasted operating earnings and available 
tax planning strategies. These sources of income inherently rely heavily on estimates. We use our historical experience and 
our short and long-term business forecasts to provide insight. Further, our global business portfolio gives us the opportunity 
to employ various prudent and feasible tax planning strategies to facilitate the recoverability of future deductions. To the 
extent  we  do  not  consider  it  more  likely  than  not  that  a  deferred  tax  asset  will  be  recovered,  a  valuation  allowance  is 
established. As of December 29, 2013 and December 30, 2012, we had approximately $113.7 million and $128.2 million of 
U.S.  federal  net  operating  loss  carryforwards,  respectively.  In  addition,  as  of  December  29,  2013,  we  had  state  net 
operating loss carryforwards of $193.0 million and $187.0 million, respectively. As of December 29, 2013 and December 
30,  2012,  we  had  approximately  $2.0  million  and  $3.5  million  of  foreign  net  operating  loss  carryforwards,  respectively. 
Certain  of  these  carryforwards  are  reserved  with  a  valuation  allowance  because,  based  on  the  available  evidence,  we 
believe it is more likely than not that we would not be able to utilize those deferred tax assets in the future. The remaining 
year-end 2013 amounts are expected to be fully recoverable within the applicable statutory expiration periods. If the actual 
amounts of taxable income differ from our estimates, the amount of our valuation allowance could be materially impacted. 

32 

  
  
  
   
  
  
  
Goodwill. Pursuant to applicable accounting standards, we test goodwill for impairment at least annually using a two 
step approach. In the first step of this approach, we prepare valuations of reporting units, using both a market comparable 
approach and an income approach, and those valuations are compared with the respective book values of the reporting units 
to  determine  whether  any  goodwill  impairment  exists.  In  preparing  the  valuations,  past,  present  and  expected  future 
performance  is  considered.  If  impairment  is  indicated  in  this  first  step  of  the  test,  a  step  two  valuation  approach  is 
performed. The step two valuation approach compares the implied fair value of goodwill to the book value of goodwill. 
The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to the assets and 
liabilities  of  the  reporting  unit,  including  both  recognized  and  unrecognized  intangible  assets,  in  the  same  manner  as 
goodwill is determined in a business combination under applicable accounting standards. After completion of this step two 
test, a loss is recognized for the difference, if any, between the fair value of the goodwill associated with the reporting unit 
and the book value of that goodwill. If the actual fair value of the goodwill is determined to be less than that estimated, an 
additional write-down may be required.  

During the fourth quarters of 2013, 2012 and 2011, we performed the annual goodwill impairment test. We perform 
this test at the reporting unit level. For our reporting units which carried a goodwill balance as of December 29, 2013, no 
impairment of goodwill was indicated. As of December 29, 2013, if our estimates of the fair value of our reporting units 
were 10% lower, we believe no additional goodwill impairment would have existed.  

Inventories. We determine the value of inventories using the lower of cost or market. We write down inventories for 
the difference between the carrying value of the inventories and their net realizable value. If actual market conditions are 
less favorable than those projected by management, additional write-downs may be required. 

We estimate our reserves for inventory obsolescence by continuously examining our inventories to determine if there 
are indicators that carrying values exceed net realizable values. Experience has shown that significant indicators that could 
require  the  need  for  additional  inventory  write-downs  are  the  age  of  the  inventory,  the  length  of  its  product  life  cycles, 
anticipated  demand  for  our  products  and  current  economic  conditions.  While  we  believe  that  adequate  write-downs  for 
inventory  obsolescence  have  been  made  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  consumer  tastes  and  preferences  will 
continue  to  change  and  we  could  experience  additional  inventory  write-downs  in  the  future.  Our  inventory  reserve  on 
December 29, 2013, and December 30, 2012, was $13.4 million and $12.9 million, respectively. To the extent that actual 
obsolescence  of  our  inventory  differs  from  our  estimate  by  10%,  our  2013  net  income  would  be  higher  or  lower  by 
approximately $0.9 million, on an after-tax basis. 

Pension Benefits. Net pension expense recorded is based on, among other things, assumptions about the discount rate, 
estimated return on plan assets and salary increases. While management believes these assumptions are reasonable, changes 
in these and other factors and differences between actual and assumed changes in the present value of liabilities or assets of 
our plans above certain thresholds could cause net annual expense to increase or decrease materially from year to year. The 
actuarial  assumptions  used  in  our  salary  continuation  plan  and  our  foreign  defined  benefit  plans  reporting  are  reviewed 
periodically  and  compared  with  external  benchmarks  to  ensure  that  they  appropriately  account  for  our  future  pension 
benefit obligation. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets assumption is based on weighted average expected 
returns  for  each  asset  class.  Expected  returns  reflect  a  combination  of  historical  performance  analysis  and  the  forward-
looking  views  of  the  financial  markets,  and  include  input  from  actuaries,  investment  service  firms  and  investment 
managers. The table below represents the changes to the projected benefit obligation as a result of changes in discount rate 
assumptions: 

Foreign Defined Benefit Plans 

Increase (Decrease) 
in 
Projected Benefit 
Obligation
(in millions) 

1% increase in actuarial assumption for discount rate ...........................................................................  $ 
1% decrease in actuarial assumption for discount rate ...........................................................................  $ 

(36.6)
40.5 

33 

  
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
Domestic Salary Continuation Plan 

Increase (Decrease) 
in 
Projected Benefit 
Obligation
(in millions) 

1% increase in actuarial assumption for discount rate ...........................................................................  $ 
1% decrease in actuarial assumption for discount rate ...........................................................................  $ 

(2.4)
2.9 

Environmental  Remediation. We  provide for  remediation  costs  and  penalties  when  the responsibility  to  remediate  is 
probable  and  the  amount  of  associated  costs  is  reasonably  determinable.  Remediation  liabilities  are  accrued  based  on 
estimates of known environmental exposures and are discounted in certain instances. We regularly monitor the progress of 
environmental remediation. Should studies indicate that the cost of remediation is to be more than previously estimated, an 
additional  accrual  would  be  recorded  in  the  period  in  which  such  determination  is  made.  As  of  December  29,  2013,  no 
significant amounts were provided for remediation liabilities. 

Allowances for Doubtful Accounts. We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from 
the inability of customers to make required payments. Estimating this amount requires us to analyze the financial strengths 
of our customers. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability 
to  make  payments,  additional  allowances may  be  required.  By  its  nature,  such  an  estimate  is  highly  subjective,  and  it  is 
possible  that  the  amount  of  accounts  receivable  that  we  are  unable  to  collect  may  be  different  than  the  amount  initially 
estimated. Our allowance for doubtful accounts on December 29, 2013, and December 30, 2012, was $7.6 million and $8.8 
million, respectively. To the extent the actual collectability of our accounts receivable differs from our estimates by 10%, 
our 2013 net income would be higher or lower by approximately $0.5 million, on an after-tax basis, depending on whether 
the actual collectability was better or worse, respectively, than the estimated allowance.  

Product Warranties. We typically provide limited warranties with respect to certain attributes of our carpet products 
(for example, warranties regarding excessive surface wear, edge ravel and static electricity) for periods ranging from ten to 
twenty years, depending on the particular carpet product and the environment in which the product is to be installed. We 
typically warrant that any services performed will be free from defects in workmanship for a period of one year following 
completion. In the event of a breach of warranty, the remedy typically is limited to repair of the problem or replacement of 
the affected product. We record a provision related to warranty costs based on historical experience and periodically adjust 
these provisions to reflect changes in actual experience. Our warranty reserve on December 29, 2013, and December 30, 
2012,  was  $1.4  million  and  $1.2  million,  respectively.  Actual  warranty  expense  incurred  could  vary  significantly  from 
amounts  that  we  estimate.  To  the  extent  the  actual  warranty  expense  differs  from  our  estimates  by  10%,  our  2013  net 
income  would  be  higher or  lower by  approximately  $0.1 million, on  an after-tax basis,  depending  on  whether  the  actual 
expense is lower or higher, respectively, than the estimated provision. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

We are not a party to any material off-balance sheet arrangements. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

In  July  2013,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  an  accounting  standard  regarding  the 
presentation of unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward, or similar tax credit carryforward, exists. 
This standard clarifies that an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented in 
the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a 
tax credit carryforward, if such settlement is required or expected in the event the uncertain tax benefit is disallowed. In 
situations where a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, is not available at the 
reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction or the tax law of the jurisdiction does not require, and the 
entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in 
the financial statements as a liability and should not be netted with the deferred tax asset. The amendments in this standard 
are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. We currently are 
evaluating the impact that adoption of this standard will have on the determination or reporting of our financial results. 

34 

 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Market Risk 

As a result of the scope of our global operations, we are exposed to an element of market risk from changes in interest 
rates and foreign currency exchange rates. Our results of operations and financial condition could be impacted by this risk. 
We manage our exposure to market risk through our regular operating and financial activities and, to the extent we deem 
appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments. 

We employ derivative financial instruments as risk management tools and not for speculative or trading purposes. We 
monitor the use of derivative financial instruments through objective measurable systems, well-defined market and credit 
risk limits, and timely reports to senior management according to prescribed guidelines. We have established strict counter-
party credit guidelines and enter into transactions only with financial institutions with a rating of investment grade or better. 
As a result, we consider the risk of counter-party default to be minimal. 

Interest Rate Market Risk Exposure 

Changes in interest rates affect the interest paid on certain of our debt. To mitigate the impact of fluctuations in interest 
rates, our management has developed and implemented a policy to maintain the percentage of fixed and variable rate debt 
within  certain  parameters.  In  the  past,  we  have  maintained  a  fixed/variable  rate  mix  within  these  parameters  either  by 
borrowing  on  a  fixed  rate  basis  or  entering  into  interest  rate  swap  transactions.  In  the  interest  rate  swaps,  we  agreed  to 
exchange,  at  specified  levels,  the  difference  between  fixed  and  variable  interest  amounts  calculated  by  reference  to  an 
agreed-upon notional principal linked to LIBOR. As of December 29, 2013, and December 30, 2012, no such interest rate 
swaps were in place. 

Foreign Currency Exchange Market Risk Exposure 

A  significant  portion  of  our  operations  consists  of  manufacturing  and  sales  activities  in  foreign  jurisdictions.  We 
manufacture  our  products  in  the  United  States,  Northern  Ireland,  the  Netherlands,  China  and  Thailand,  and  sell  our 
products in more than 100 countries. (In 2012, we ceased manufacturing operations at our facility in England. In addition, 
manufacturing in Australia was suspended during 2013 and the second half of 2012 as we built out a new facility following 
a  fire.)  As  a  result,  our  financial  results  could  be  significantly  affected  by  factors  such  as  changes  in  foreign  currency 
exchange  rates  or  weak  economic  conditions  in  the  foreign  markets  in  which  we  distribute  our  products.  Our  operating 
results are exposed to changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and many other currencies, including the euro, 
British pound sterling, Canadian dollar, Australian dollar, Thai baht and Japanese yen. When the U.S. dollar strengthens 
against a foreign currency, the value of anticipated sales in those currencies decreases, and vice versa. Additionally, to the 
extent our foreign operations with functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar transact business in countries other than 
the United States, exchange rate changes between two foreign currencies could ultimately impact us. Finally, because we 
report in U.S. dollars on a consolidated basis, foreign currency exchange fluctuations could have a translation impact on 
our financial position. 

At December 29, 2013, we recognized a $5.2 million decrease in our foreign currency translation adjustment account 
compared with December 30, 2012, because of the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against certain foreign currencies during 
2013.  

Sensitivity Analysis 

For purposes of specific risk analysis, we use sensitivity analysis to measure the impact that market risk may have on 

the fair values of our market-sensitive instruments. 

To  perform  sensitivity  analysis,  we  assess  the  risk  of  loss  in  fair  values  associated  with  the  impact  of  hypothetical 
changes  in  interest  rates  and  foreign  currency  exchange  rates  on  market-sensitive  instruments.  The  market  value  of 
instruments  affected  by  interest  rate  and  foreign  currency  exchange  rate  risk  is  computed  based  on  the  present  value  of 
future cash flows as impacted by the changes in the rates attributable to the market risk being measured. The discount rates 
used  for  the  present  value  computations  were  selected  based  on  market  interest  and  foreign  currency  exchange  rates  in 
effect at December 29, 2013. The values that result from these computations are then compared with the market values of 
the financial instruments. The differences are the hypothetical gains or losses associated with each type of risk. 

35 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Interest Rate Risk 

Based on a hypothetical immediate 150 basis point increase in interest rates, with all other variables held constant, the 
fair value of our fixed rate long-term debt would be impacted by a net decrease of $3.5 million. Conversely, a 150 basis 
point  decrease  in  interest  rates  would  result  in  a  net  increase  in  the  fair  value  of  our  fixed  rate  long-term  debt  of  $3.5 
million. 

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk 

As of December 29, 2013, a 10% decrease or increase in the levels of foreign currency exchange rates against the U.S. 
dollar,  with  all  other  variables  held  constant,  would  result  in  a  decrease  in  the  fair  value  of  our  short-term  financial 
instruments (primarily cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable) of $11.4 million or an increase in the fair value of 
our financial instruments of $9.4 million, respectively. As the impact of offsetting changes in the fair market value of our 
net foreign investments is not included in the sensitivity model, these results are not indicative of our actual exposure to 
foreign currency exchange risk.  

36 

  
  
  
   
 
 
ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

INTERFACE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 

2013  

FISCAL YEAR 
2012  
(in thousands, except per share data) 

2011  

Net sales ........................................................................................  $
Cost of sales ..................................................................................   
Gross profit on sales ......................................................................   

Selling, general and administrative expenses ................................   
Restructuring and asset impairment charges .................................   
Expenses (gain) related to Australia fire .......................................   

959,989    $
618,880     
341,109     

252,433     
0     
(6,954)    

932,020      $ 
614,841        
317,179        

231,358        
19,425        
1,748        

953,045 
618,303 
334,742 

243,287 
5,755 
0 

Operating income ..........................................................................   

95,630     

64,648        

85,700 

Interest expense .........................................................................   
Debt retirement expenses ...........................................................   
Other expense ............................................................................   

Income from continuing operations before tax expense ................   
Income tax expense .......................................................................   

Income from continuing operations ..............................................   
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax ................   

23,810     
1,667     
1,149     

69,004     
20,749     

48,255     
0     

25,024        
0        
1,521        

38,103        
15,204        

22,899        
(16,956)       

26,325 
0 
465 

58,910 
20,640 

38,270 
451 

Net income ....................................................................................  $

48,255    $

5,943      $ 

38,721 

Income (loss) per share – basic 

Continuing operations ................................................................  $
Discontinued operations ............................................................   

0.73    $
0.00     

0.35      $ 
(0.26)       

Net income per share – basic .........................................................  $

0.73    $

0.09      $ 

Income (loss) per share – diluted 

Continuing operations ................................................................  $
Discontinued operations ............................................................   

0.73    $
0.00     

0.35      $ 
(0.26)       

Net income per share – diluted ......................................................  $

0.73    $

0.09      $ 

0.59 
0.01 

0.59 

0.58 
0.01 

0.59 

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding ....................   
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding ................   

66,194     
66,297     

65,767        
65,900        

65,291 
65,486 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

37 

  
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
     
 
  
 
 
  
      
        
           
 
  
      
        
           
 
  
      
        
           
 
  
      
        
           
 
  
      
        
           
 
  
      
        
           
 
  
      
        
           
 
      
       
        
  
 
  
      
        
           
 
  
      
        
           
 
     
       
       
  
 
  
      
        
           
 
  
      
        
           
 
  
 
 
INTERFACE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

2013  

FISCAL YEAR  
2012  
(in thousands)  

2011  

Net income ...................................................................  $
Other comprehensive income (loss) 

Foreign currency translation adjustment ...................   
Pension liability adjustment ......................................   

48,255    $

5,943      $ 

(5,241)    
1,409     

8,539        
771        

Comprehensive income ................................................  $

44,423    $

15,253      $ 

38,721 

(7,614)
(5,066)

26,041 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

38 

  
  
 
 
  
 
   
     
 
  
 
 
   
  
     
  
        
  
 
  
      
        
           
 
  
   
 
 
INTERFACE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

2013  

2012  

(in thousands) 

ASSETS 
Current 

Cash and cash equivalents .............................................................................  $
Accounts receivable, net ................................................................................   
Inventories .....................................................................................................   
Prepaid expenses and other current assets .....................................................   
Deferred income taxes ...................................................................................   
Total current assets ............................................................................................   
Property and equipment, net ..............................................................................   
Deferred tax asset ..............................................................................................   
Goodwill ............................................................................................................   
Other assets .......................................................................................................   

72,883      $ 
131,936        
149,643        
23,411        
10,232        
388,105        
230,845        
55,967        
77,941        
65,282        

90,533 
137,313 
141,176 
51,358 
10,271 
430,651 
165,725 
62,856 
75,672 
54,463 

  $

818,140      $ 

789,367 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Current liabilities 

Accounts payable ...........................................................................................  $
Accrued expenses ..........................................................................................   
Current portion of long-term debt ..................................................................   
Total current liabilities ......................................................................................   
Senior notes .......................................................................................................   
Long term debt ..................................................................................................   
Deferred income taxes .......................................................................................   
Other..................................................................................................................   

52,515      $ 
77,672        
0        
130,187        
247,500        
26,326        
15,049        
58,291        

56,292 
93,036 
8,110 
157,438 
275,000 
0 
7,339 
53,888 

Total liabilities ..................................................................................................   

477,353        

493,665 

Commitments and contingencies 

Shareholders’ equity 

Preferred stock ...............................................................................................   
Common stock ...............................................................................................   
Additional paid-in capital ..............................................................................   
Retained earnings (deficit) .............................................................................   
Accumulated other comprehensive loss – foreign currency translation ........   
Accumulated other comprehensive loss – pension liability ...........................   

0        
6,631        
374,597        
24,226        
(30,585)      
(34,082)      

0 
6,606 
366,677 
(16,746)
(25,344)
(35,491)

Total shareholders’ equity .................................................................................   

340,787        

295,702 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

  $

818,140      $ 

789,367 

39 

  
  
 
     
 
  
 
 
   
  
        
  
 
   
  
        
  
 
  
      
           
 
  
  
      
           
 
   
  
        
  
 
   
  
        
  
 
  
      
           
 
  
      
           
 
   
  
        
  
 
  
      
           
 
   
  
        
  
 
  
      
           
 
  
      
           
 
  
  
   
 
 
INTERFACE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

2013  

FISCAL YEAR  
2012  
(in thousands) 

2011  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES: 

Net income ....................................................................  $
Income (loss) on discontinued operations, net of taxes .   
Income from continuing operations ..............................   

Adjustments to reconcile income to cash provided by 

operating activities 

Depreciation and amortization ......................................   
Stock compensation amortization expense....................   
Premium paid to repurchase senior notes ......................   
Bad debt expense ..........................................................   
Deferred income taxes and other ...................................   
Cash received from insurance company ........................   
Working capital changes: 

Accounts receivable ...............................................   
Inventories .............................................................   
Prepaid expenses and other current assets .............   
Accounts payable and accrued expenses ................   
Cash provided by operating activities ...........................   

INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 

Capital expenditures ......................................................   
Other .............................................................................   
Net proceeds from sale of Bentley Prince Street ...........   
Cash received from insurance company ........................   
Cash provided by (used in) investing activities .............   

FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 

Borrowing of long-term debt ........................................   
Dividends paid ..............................................................   
Debt issuance costs .......................................................   
Repurchase of senior notes............................................   
Premium paid to repurchase senior notes ......................   
Proceeds from issuance of common stock ....................   
Cash used in financing activities ...................................   

48,255    $
0     
48,255     

5,943      $ 
(16,956)      
22,899        

24,670     
7,935     
825     
253     
9,349     
25,973     

3,478     
(10,610)    
(25,354)    
(17,316)    
67,458     

(91,851)    
3,074     
0     
23,024     
(65,753)    

26,326     
(7,283)    
(1,308)    
(35,610)    
(825)    
1,881     
(16,819)    

25,882        
3,293        
0        
1,119        
(11,164)      
0        

19,994        
1,075        
(11,948)      
(4,262)      
46,888        

(42,428)      
(2,629)      
32,174        
20,718        
7,835        

0        
(5,925)      
0        
(11,477)      
0        
1,496        
(15,906)      

38,721 
451 
38,270 

25,179 
10,138 
0 
1,560 
4,549 
0 

(7,453)
(31,629)
1,359 
(17,609)
24,364 

(38,050)
(1,566)
0 
0 
(39,616)

0 
(5,227)
(1,025)
0 
0 
2,669 
(3,583)

Net cash provided by (used in) operating, investing 

and financing activities .............................................   
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash .......................   

(15,114)    
(2,536)    

38,817        
1,092        

(18,835)
234 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS: 

Net increase (decrease) .................................................   
Balance, beginning of year ............................................   

(17,650)    
90,533     

39,909        
50,624        

(18,601)
69,225 

Balance, end of year ......................................................  $

72,883    $

90,533      $ 

50,624 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

40 

  
  
 
 
  
 
   
     
 
  
   
  
   
        
  
 
   
  
   
  
        
  
 
      
        
           
 
   
  
     
  
        
  
 
  
      
        
           
 
   
  
     
  
        
  
 
  
      
        
           
 
   
  
     
  
        
  
 
  
   
      
         
 
  
      
        
           
 
   
  
     
  
        
  
 
  
      
        
           
 
  
    
 
 
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Nature of Operations 

The  Company  is  a  recognized  leader  in  the  worldwide  commercial  interiors  market,  offering  modular  carpet.  The 
Company manufactures modular carpet focusing on the high quality, designer-oriented sector of the market, and provides 
specialized  carpet  replacement,  installation  and  maintenance  services.  Additionally,  the  Company  offers  Intersept,  a 
proprietary antimicrobial used in a number of interior finishes. 

In 2012, the Company sold its Bentley Prince Street business segment to a third party. Bentley Prince Street designed, 
manufactured and marketed broadloom and modular carpet. The results of operations and related disposal costs, gains and 
losses for the Bentley Prince Street business are classified as discontinued operations for all periods presented. In addition, 
assets and liabilities of the Bentley Prince Street business have been reported in assets and liabilities held for sale for all 
reported periods. 

Principles of Consolidation 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All of our subsidiaries 
are  wholly-owned,  and  we  are  not  a  party  to  any  joint  venture,  partnership  or  other  variable  interest  entity  that  would 
potentially  qualify  for  consolidation. All  material  intercompany  accounts  and  transactions  are  eliminated. Investments  in 
which  the  Company  does  not  have  the  ability  to  exercise  significant  influence  are  carried  at  fair  value.  The  Company 
monitors investments for other than temporary declines in value and makes reductions in carrying values when appropriate. 
As of December 29, 2013 and December 30, 2012, the Company did not hold significant investments of this nature. 

Use of Estimates 

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  U.S. 
requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities,  the 
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues 
and  expenses  during  the  reporting  periods.  Examples  include  provisions  for  returns,  bad  debts,  product  claims  reserves, 
rebates,  inventory  obsolescence  and  the  length  of  product  life  cycles,  accruals  associated  with  restructuring  activities, 
income tax exposures and valuation allowances, environmental liabilities, and the carrying value of goodwill and property 
and equipment. Actual results could vary from these estimates. 

Revenue Recognition 

Revenue is recognized when the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, delivery has 
occurred  or  services  have  been  rendered,  price  to  the  buyer  is  fixed  and  determinable,  and  collectability  is  reasonably 
assured.  Delivery  is  not  considered  to  have  occurred  until  the  customer  takes  title  and  assumes  the  risks  and  rewards  of 
ownership, which is generally on the date of shipment. Provisions for discounts, sales returns and allowances are estimated 
using  historical  experience,  current  economic  trends,  and  the  Company’s  quality  performance.  The  related  provision  is 
recorded as a reduction of sales and cost of sales in the same period that the revenue is recognized. Material differences 
may result in the amount and timing of net sales for any period if management makes different judgments or uses different 
estimates.  

Shipping and handling fees billed to customers are classified in net sales in the consolidated statements of operations. 

Shipping and handling costs incurred are classified in cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations. 

Research and Development 

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and are included in the selling, general and administrative 
expense caption in the consolidated statements of operations. Research and development expense was $12.6 million, $12.4 
million and $12.1 million for the years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. 

41 

 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments 

Highly liquid investments with insignificant interest rate risk and with original maturities of three months or less are 
classified as cash and cash equivalents. Investments with maturities greater than three months and less than one year are 
classified  as  short-term  investments.  The  Company  did  not  hold  any  significant  amounts  of  short-term  investments  at 
December 29, 2013 or December 30, 2012. 

Cash  payments  for  interest  amounted  to  approximately  $22.9  million,  $23.1  million  and  $23.7  million  for  the  years 
2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Income tax payments amounted to approximately $8.7 million, $10.0 million and $19.9 
million  for  the  years  2013,  2012  and  2011,  respectively.  During  the  years  2013,  2012  and  2011,  the  Company  received 
income tax refunds of $1.4 million, $0.1 million, and $4.4 million, respectively. 

Inventories 

Inventories  are  carried  at  the  lower  of  cost  (standards  approximating  the  first-in,  first-out  method)  or  market.  Costs 
included in inventories are based on invoiced costs and/or production costs, as applicable. Included in production costs are 
material,  direct  labor  and  allocated  overhead.  The  Company  writes  down  inventories  for  the  difference  between  the 
carrying value of the inventories and their estimated net realizable value. If actual market conditions are less favorable than 
those projected by management, additional write-downs may be required. 

Management estimates its reserves for inventory obsolescence by continuously examining its inventories to determine 
if  there  are  indicators  that  carrying  values  exceed net  realizable  values.  Experience  has  shown  that significant  indicators 
that could require the need for additional inventory write-downs are the age of the inventory, the length of its product life 
cycles, anticipated demand for the Company’s products, and current economic conditions. While management believes that 
adequate write-downs for inventory obsolescence have been made in the consolidated financial statements, consumer tastes 
and preferences will continue to change and the Company could experience additional inventory write-downs in the future. 

Rebates 

The  Company  has  agreements  to  receive  cash  consideration  from  certain  of  its  vendors,  including  rebates  and 
cooperative marketing reimbursements. The amounts received from its vendors are generally presumed to be a reduction of 
the prices the Company pays for their products and, therefore, such amounts are reflected as either a reduction of cost of 
sales in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, or, if the product inventory is still on hand at the reporting 
date, it is reflected as a reduction of “Inventories” on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Vendor rebates are 
typically  dependent  upon  reaching  minimum  purchase  thresholds.  The  Company  evaluates  the  likelihood  of  reaching 
purchase thresholds using past experience and current year forecasts. When rebates can be reasonably estimated and receipt 
becomes  probable,  the  Company  records  a  portion  of  the  rebate  as  the  Company  makes  progress  towards  the  purchase 
threshold. 

When the Company receives direct reimbursements for costs incurred in marketing the vendor’s product or service, the 
amount received is recorded as an offset to selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated 
statements of operations. 

Assets and Liabilities of Businesses Held for Sale 

The Company considers businesses to be held for sale when the Board or management, having the relevant authority to 
do so, approves and commits to a formal plan to actively market a business for sale and the sale is considered probable. 
Upon designation as held for sale, the carrying value of the assets of the business are recorded at the lower of their carrying 
value or their estimated fair value, less costs to sell. The Company ceases to record depreciation expense at that time. 

42 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Property and Equipment and Long-Lived Assets 

Property and equipment are carried at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the following 
estimated  useful  lives:  buildings  and  improvements  –  ten  to  forty  years;  and  furniture  and  equipment  –  three  to  twelve 
years.  Interest  costs  for  the  construction/development  of  certain  long-term  assets  are  capitalized  and  amortized  over  the 
related  assets’  estimated  useful  lives.  The  Company  capitalized  net  interest  costs  on  qualifying  expenditures  of 
approximately  $0.8  million,  $0.7  million  and  $0.6  million  for  the  fiscal  years  2013,  2012  and  2011,  respectively. 
Depreciation expense amounted to approximately $23.9 million, $24.2 million and $22.3 million for the years 2013, 2012 
and 2011, respectively.  

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
amount may not be recoverable. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying amount 
of  the  asset,  a  loss  is  recognized  for  the  difference  between  the  fair  value  and  carrying  value  of  the  asset.  Repair  and 
maintenance costs are charged to operating expense as incurred. 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

Goodwill  is  the  excess  of  the  purchase  price  over  the  fair  value  of  net  assets  acquired  in  business  combinations 
accounted for as acquisitions. Accumulated amortization amounted to approximately $77.3 million at both December 29, 
2013 and December 30, 2012, and cumulative impairment losses recognized were $212.6 million as of both December 29, 
2013 and December 30, 2012. 

As of December 29, 2013 and December 30, 2012, the net carrying amount of goodwill was $77.9 million and $75.7 
million, respectively. Other intangible assets were $3.8 million and $2.5 million as of December 29, 2013, and December 
30,  2012,  respectively.  The  Company  capitalizes  patent  defense  costs  when  it  determines  that  a  successful  defense  is 
probable. Any patent defense costs are amortized over the remaining useful life of the patent. Amortization expense related 
to intangible assets during the years 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $0.3 million, $0.4 million, and $0.7 million, respectively. 

During  the  fourth  quarters  of  2013,  2012  and  2011,  the  Company  performed  the  annual  goodwill  impairment  test 
required by applicable accounting standards. The Company performs this test at the reporting unit level, which is one level 
below  the  segment  level  for  the  Modular  Carpet  segment.  In  effecting  the  impairment  testing,  the  Company  prepared 
valuations of reporting units on both a market comparable methodology and an income methodology in accordance with 
the  applicable  standards,  and  those  valuations  were  compared  with  the  respective  book  values  of  the  reporting  units  to 
determine whether any goodwill impairment existed. In preparing the valuations, past, present and future expectations of 
performance  were  considered.  The  annual  testing  indicated  no  potential  of  goodwill  impairment  in  any  of  the  years 
presented. 

Each of the Company’s reporting units maintained fair values in excess of their respective carrying values as of the 
fourth  quarter  of  2013,  and  therefore  no  impairment  was  indicated  during  the  impairment  testing.  As  of  December  29, 
2013, if the Company’s estimates of the fair values of its reporting units which carry a goodwill balance were 10% lower, 
the Company still believes no goodwill impairment would have existed.  

The changes in the carrying amounts of goodwill for the year ended December 29, 2013 are as follows: 

BALANCE 
DECEMBER 30, 
2012  

      ACQUISITIONS 

IMPAIRMENT 
(in thousands) 

FOREIGN 
CURRENCY 
TRANSLATION 

BALANCE 
DECEMBER 29,  
2013  

   $ 

75,672      $ 

0    $

0    $

2,269      $ 

77,941 

Product Warranties 

The  Company  typically  provides  limited  warranties  with  respect  to  certain  attributes  of  its  carpet  products  (for 
example,  warranties  regarding  excessive  surface  wear,  edge  ravel  and  static  electricity)  for  periods  ranging  from  ten  to 
twenty years, depending on the particular carpet product and the environment in which it is to be installed. The Company 
typically  warrants  that  services  performed  will  be  free  from  defects  in  workmanship  for  a  period  of  one  year  following 
completion. In the event of a breach of warranty, the remedy typically is limited to repair of the problem or replacement of 
the affected product.  

43 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
    
 
  
 
   
  
  
The  Company  records  a  provision  related  to  warranty  costs  based  on  historical  experience  and  periodically  adjusts 
these provisions to reflect changes in actual experience. Warranty reserves amounted to $1.4 million and $1.2 million as of 
December 29, 2013 and December 30, 2012, respectively, and are included in “Accrued Expenses” in the accompanying 
consolidated balance sheets. 

Taxes on Income 

The Company accounts for income taxes under an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred 
tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company’s 
financial  statements  or  tax  returns. In  estimating  future tax  consequences,  the  Company  generally considers  all  expected 
future  events other  than  enactments  of  changes  in  tax  laws or  rates.  The  effect on deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  of  a 
change in tax rates will be recognized as income or expense in the period that includes the enactment date.  

The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that some 
portion  or  all  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  will  expire  before  realization  of  the  benefit  or  that  future  deductibility  is  not 
probable. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets depends on the ability to generate sufficient taxable income of 
the appropriate character in the future. This requires us to use estimates and make assumptions regarding significant future 
events such as the taxability of entities operating in the various taxing jurisdictions.  

The  Company  does  not  record  taxes  collected  from  customers  and  remitted  to  governmental  authorities  on  a  gross 

basis. 

For  uncertain  tax  positions,  the  Company  applies  the  provisions  of  relevant  authoritative  guidance,  which  requires 
application  of  a  “more  likely  than  not”  threshold  to  the  recognition  and  derecognition  of  tax  positions.  The  Company’s 
ongoing assessments of the more likely than not outcomes of tax authority examinations and related tax positions require 
significant judgment and can increase or decrease the Company’s effective tax rate as well as impact operating results. For 
further information, see the Note entitled “Taxes on Income.”  

Fair Values of Financial Instruments 

Fair  values  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  short-term  debt  approximate  cost  due  to  the  short  period  of  time  to 

maturity. Fair values of debt are based on quoted market prices or pricing models using current market rates. 

Translation of Foreign Currencies 

The financial position  and results  of operations of  the  Company’s foreign subsidiaries  are  measured generally  using 
local currencies as the functional currency. Assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at the 
exchange rate in effect at each year-end. Income and expense items are translated at average exchange rates for the year. 
The resulting translation adjustments are recorded in the foreign currency translation adjustment account. In the event of a 
divestiture  of  a  foreign  subsidiary,  the  related  foreign  currency  translation  results  are  reversed  from  equity  to  income. 
Foreign currency exchange gains and losses are included in net income (loss). Foreign exchange translation gains (losses) 
were ($5.2 million), $8.5 million and ($7.6 million) for the years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. 

Income (Loss) Per Share 

Basic  income  (loss)  per  share  is  computed  based  on  the  average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding.  Diluted 
income  (loss)  per  share  reflects  the  increase  in  average  common  shares  outstanding  that  would  result  from  the  assumed 
exercise of outstanding stock options, calculated using the treasury stock method. 

Stock-Based Compensation 

As of fiscal year 2013, the Company has stock-based employee compensation plans, which are described more fully in 

the “Shareholders’ Equity” Note below.  

44 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, with 
the following weighted average assumptions used for grants issued in fiscal year 2011 (there were no stock options granted 
in 2012 or 2013):  

   FISCAL YEAR 

2011  

Risk free interest rate .............................................................................................................................    
Expected option life (years) ...................................................................................................................    
Expected volatility .................................................................................................................................    
Expected dividend yield .........................................................................................................................    

0.9%
5.75  
65%
0.6%

The weighted average fair value of stock options (as of grant date) granted during 2011 was $7.37 per share. 

The Company recognizes expense related to its restricted stock grants based on the grant date fair value of the stock 

issued, as determined by its market price at date of issue.  

Derivative Financial Instruments 

Accounting standards require a company to recognize all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. Derivatives that 
do not meet the criteria of an accounting hedge must be adjusted to fair value through income. If the derivative is a fair 
value  hedge,  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  hedged  assets,  liabilities  or  firm  commitments  are  recognized  through 
earnings.  If  the  derivative  is  a  cash  flow  hedge,  the  effective  portion  of  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  derivative  are 
recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income  until  the  hedged  item  is  recognized  in  earnings.  The  ineffective  portion  of  a 
derivative’s change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings. As of December 29, 2013 and December 30, 2012, 
the Company was not party to any significant derivative instruments. 

Pension Benefits  

Net pension expense recorded is based on, among other things, assumptions about the discount rate, estimated return 
on plan assets and salary increases. While the Company believes these assumptions are reasonable, changes in these and 
other  factors  and  differences  between  actual  and  assumed  changes  in  the  present  value  of  liabilities  or  assets  of  the 
Company’s plans above certain thresholds could cause net annual expense to increase or decrease materially from year to 
year. The actuarial assumptions used in the Company’s salary continuation plan and foreign defined benefit plans reporting 
are reviewed periodically and compared with external benchmarks to ensure that they appropriately account for our future 
pension benefit obligation. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets assumption is based on weighted average 
expected  returns  for  each  asset  class.  Expected  returns  reflect  a  combination  of  historical  performance  analysis  and  the 
forward-looking views of the financial markets, and include input from actuaries, investment service firms and investment 
managers.  

Environmental Remediation 

The Company provides for remediation costs and penalties when the responsibility  to remediate is probable and the 
amount  of  associated  costs  is  reasonably  determinable.  Remediation  liabilities  are  accrued  based  on  estimates  of  known 
environmental  exposures  and  are  discounted  in  certain  instances.  The  Company  regularly  monitors  the  progress  of 
environmental remediation. Should studies indicate that the cost of remediation is to be more than previously estimated, an 
additional  accrual  would  be  recorded  in  the  period  in  which  such  determination  is  made.  As  of  December  29,  2013  and 
December 30, 2012, no significant amounts were provided for remediation liabilities. 

Allowances for Doubtful Accounts 

The  Company  maintains  allowances  for  doubtful  accounts  for  estimated  losses  resulting  from  the  inability  of 
customers to make required payments. Estimating this amount requires the Company to analyze the financial strengths of 
its customers. If the financial condition of the Company’s customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their 
ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required. By its nature, such an estimate is highly subjective, and it 
is possible that the amount of accounts receivable that the Company is unable to collect may be different than the amount 
initially estimated. The Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts on December 29, 2013, and December 30, 2012, was 
$7.6 million and $8.8 million, respectively. 

45 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
Reclassifications 

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to current year financial statement presentation. 

Fiscal Year 

The  Company’s  fiscal  year  is  the  52  or  53  week  period  ending  on  the  Sunday  nearest  December  31.  All  references 
herein to “2013,” “2012,” and “2011,” mean the fiscal years ended December 29, 2013, December 30, 2012 and January 1, 
2012, respectively. Fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011 were each comprised of 52 weeks. 

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS 

In  July  2013,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  an  accounting  standard  regarding  the 
presentation of unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward, or similar tax credit carryforward, exists. 
This standard clarifies that an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented in 
the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a 
tax credit carryforward, if such settlement is required or expected in the event the uncertain tax benefit is disallowed. In 
situations where a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, is not available at the 
reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction or the tax law of the jurisdiction does not require, and the 
entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in 
the financial statements as a liability and should not be netted with the deferred tax asset. The amendments in this standard 
are  effective  for fiscal  years,  and  interim  periods  within  those  years, beginning  after December  15, 2013.  The  Company 
currently is evaluating the impact that adoption of this standard will have on the determination or reporting of its financial 
results. 

RECEIVABLES  

The Company has adopted credit policies and standards intended to reduce the inherent risk associated with potential 
increases  in  its  concentration  of  credit  risk  due  to  increasing  trade  receivables  from  sales  to  owners  and  users  of 
commercial office facilities and with specifiers such as architects, engineers and contracting firms. Management believes 
that  credit  risks  are  further  moderated  by  the  diversity  of  its  end  customers  and  geographic  sales  areas.  The  Company 
performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and requires collateral as deemed necessary. The 
Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of customers to make 
required payments. If the financial condition of its customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability 
to  make  payments,  additional  allowances  may  be  required.  As  of  December  29,  2013,  and  December  30,  2012,  the 
allowance  for  bad  debts  amounted  to  $7.6  million  and  $8.8  million,  respectively,  for  all  accounts  receivable  of  the 
Company. Reserves for sales returns and allowances amounted to $3.6 million and $3.1 million as of December 29, 2013, 
and December 30, 2012, respectively.  

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

The  Company  does  not  have  significant  assets  and  liabilities  measured  at  fair  value  on  a  recurring  basis  under 
applicable accounting standards as of the end of 2013. The Company does have approximately $23.2 million of Company-
owned life insurance which is measured on readily determinable cash surrender value on a recurring basis. Due to the short 
maturity of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, their carrying values 
approximate  fair  value.  The  fair  value  of  long  term  debt  represented  by  the  Company’s  7.625%  Senior  Notes,  based  on 
quoted market prices, was $265.8 million at December 29, 2013. 

46 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
INVENTORIES 

Inventories are summarized as follows: 

Finished goods ................................................................................................  $
Work-in-process ..............................................................................................   
Raw materials ..................................................................................................   

2013  

2012 

(in thousands) 
96,199    $ 
9,569      
43,875      

87,094 
7,030 
47,052 

  $

149,643    $ 

141,176 

Reserves  for  inventory  obsolescence  amounted  to  $13.4  million  and  $12.9  million  as  of  December  29,  2013,  and 

December 30, 2012, respectively, and have been netted against amounts presented above. 

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT 

Property and equipment consisted of the following: 

Land .....................................................................................................................  $
Buildings ..............................................................................................................   
Equipment ............................................................................................................   

Accumulated depreciation ....................................................................................   

2013  

2012  

(in thousands) 

17,290    $ 
123,032      
351,307      

491,629      
(260,784)     

7,714 
104,296 
298,413 

410,423 
(244,698)

  $

230,845    $ 

165,725 

The  estimated  cost  to  complete  construction-in-progress  for  which  the  Company  was  committed  at  December  29, 

2013, was approximately $24.9 million. 

ACCRUED EXPENSES 

Accrued expenses are summarized as follows: 

Compensation .......................................................................................................  $
Interest ..................................................................................................................   
Restructuring ........................................................................................................   
Taxes ....................................................................................................................   
Accrued purchases ...............................................................................................   
Other.....................................................................................................................   

(in thousands) 
54,125     $ 
1,768       
519       
12,685       
1,258       
7,317       

  $

77,672     $ 

55,332 
2,202 
4,350 
10,579 
1,439 
19,134 

93,036 

2013  

2012  

Other non-current liabilities include pension liability of $20.1 million and $23.7 million as of December 29, 2013, and 

December 30, 2012, respectively (see the discussion below in the Note entitled “Employee Benefit Plans”). 

47 

  
  
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
  
      
        
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
  
      
        
 
  
   
  
      
        
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
  
      
        
 
  
  
  
 
 
BORROWINGS 

Syndicated Credit Facility 

On October 22, 2013, the Company entered into a new Syndicated Facility Agreement among the Company, certain 
wholly-owned foreign subsidiaries of the Company as borrowers, certain subsidiaries of the Company as guarantors, Bank 
of  America,  N.A.  as  Administrative  Agent,  The  Royal  Bank  of  Scotland,  as  Syndication  Agent,  SunTrust  Bank  and 
Regions  Bank,  as  Co-Documentation  Agents,  and  the  other  lenders  party  thereto.  Pursuant  to  the  Syndicated  Facility 
Agreement, the lenders provide to the Company and certain of its subsidiaries a multicurrency revolving credit facility (the 
“Facility”) of up to $200 million at any one time. The key features of the Facility are as follows: 

●  The Facility matures on October 22, 2018. 
●  The Facility includes (i) a multicurrency revolving loan facility made available to the Company and its principal
subsidiaries in Europe and Australia not to exceed $190 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding, and
(ii) a revolving loan facility made available to the Company’s principal subsidiary in Thailand not to exceed the
equivalent of $10  million  in  the  aggregate  at  any  one  time  outstanding. A  sublimit  of $40  million  exists  for  the
issuance of letters of credit under the Facility. 

●  Advances under the Facility are secured by a first-priority lien on substantially all of the Company’s assets and the

assets of each of its material domestic subsidiaries, which have guaranteed the Facility. 

●  The Facility contains financial covenants (specifically, a consolidated net leverage ratio and a consolidated interest

coverage ratio) that must be met as of the end of each fiscal quarter. 

●  The Company has the option to increase the multicurrency loan facility by up to $150 million (or $250 million if
the proceeds of the increase are used to pay off all remaining 7.625% Senior Notes), subject to the receipt of lender 
commitments for the increase and the satisfaction of certain other conditions. 

Interest Rates and Fees. Interest on base rate loans is charged at varying rates computed by applying a margin ranging 
from 0.25% to 1.50% over the applicable base interest rate (which is defined as the greatest of the prime rate, a specified 
federal funds rate plus 0.50%, or a specified LIBOR rate), depending on the Company’s consolidated net leverage ratio as 
of the most recently completed fiscal quarter. Interest on LIBOR-based loans and fees for letters of credit are charged at 
varying rates computed by applying a margin ranging from 1.25% to 2.50% over the applicable LIBOR rate, depending on 
the Company’s consolidated net leverage ratio as of the most recently completed fiscal quarter. In addition, the Company 
pays a commitment fee ranging from 0.20% to 0.35% per annum (depending on the Company’s consolidated net leverage 
ratio as of the most recently completed fiscal quarter) on the unused portion of the Facility. 

Covenants.  The  Facility  contains  standard  and  customary  covenants  for  agreements  of  this  type,  including  various 
reporting,  affirmative  and  negative  covenants.  Among  other  things,  these  covenants  limit  the  Company’s  and  its 
subsidiaries’ ability to: 

●     create or incur liens on assets;  
●     make acquisitions of or investments in businesses (in excess of certain specified amounts)  
●     incur indebtedness or contingent obligations  
●     sell or dispose of assets (in excess of certain specified amounts)  
●     pay dividends or repurchase the Company’s stock (in excess of certain specified amounts)  
●     repay other indebtedness prior to maturity unless the Company meets certain conditions; an  
●     enter into sale and leaseback transactions. 

The Facility also requires the Company to remain in compliance with the following financial covenants as of the end of 

each fiscal quarter, based on the Company’s consolidated results for the year then ended: 

●  Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio:  Must be  no greater  than (i) 4.50:1.00  through  and including  the  fiscal  quarter
ending December 28, 2014, (ii) 4.00:1.00 from and including the fiscal quarter ending April 5, 2015 through and
including the fiscal quarter ending January 3, 2016, and (iii) 3.75:1.00 for each fiscal quarter thereafter. 
●  Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio: Must be no less than 2.25:1.00 as of the end of any fiscal quarter. 

48 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Events of Default. If the Company breaches or fails to perform any of the affirmative or negative covenants under the 
Facility, or if other specified events occur (such as a bankruptcy or similar event or a change of control of Interface, Inc. or 
certain subsidiaries, or if the Company breaches or fails to perform any covenant or agreement contained in any instrument 
relating to any of the Company’s other indebtedness exceeding $20 million), after giving effect to any applicable notice and 
right  to  cure  provisions,  an  event  of  default  will  exist.  If  an  event  of  default  exists  and  is  continuing,  the  lenders’ 
Administrative Agent may, and upon the written request of a specified percentage of the lender group shall:  

● 
● 
● 

declare all commitments of the lenders under the facility terminated; 
declare all amounts outstanding or accrued thereunder immediately due and payable; and  
exercise other rights and remedies available to them under the agreement and applicable law. 

Collateral.  Pursuant  to  a  Security  and  Pledge  Agreement  executed  on  the  same  date,  the  Facility  is  secured  by 
substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  the  Company  and  its  domestic  subsidiaries  (subject  to  exceptions  for  certain  immaterial 
subsidiaries), including all of the stock of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries and up to 65% of the stock of its first-tier 
material foreign subsidiaries. If an event of default occurs under the Facility, the lenders’ Administrative Agent may, upon 
the  request  of  a  specified  percentage  of  lenders,  exercise  remedies  with  respect  to  the  collateral,  including,  in  some 
instances,  foreclosing  mortgages on real  estate  assets,  taking  possession of  or  selling personal property  assets,  collecting 
accounts receivables, or exercising proxies to take control of the pledged stock of domestic and first-tier material foreign 
subsidiaries. 

In  connection  with  the  execution  of  the  Syndicated  Facility  Agreement,  the  Company  terminated  (i)  the  Seventh 
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2011, among the Company (and certain direct and indirect 
subsidiaries),  the  lenders  listed  therein,  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National  Association  and  Bank  of  America,  N.A.,  which 
provided  a  $100  million  domestic  revolving  credit  facility;  and  (ii)  the  Credit  Agreement,  executed  on  April  24,  2009, 
among Interface Europe B.V. (and certain of its subsidiaries) and the Royal Bank of Scotland N.V. (as successor to ABN 
AMRO  Bank  N.V.),  as  amended,  which  provided  a  credit  facility  for  borrowings  and  bank  guarantees  of  up  to  €20.0 
million.  

As of December 29, 2013 the Company had $26.3 million of borrowings outstanding under the Facility, and had $3.6 

in letters of credit outstanding under the Facility.  

7.625% Senior Notes 

On  December  3,  2010,  the  Company  completed  a  private  offering  of  $275  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of 
7.625% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “7.625% Senior Notes”). Interest on the 7.625% Senior Notes is payable semi-annually 
on June 1 and December 1 (the first payment was made on June 1, 2011). The Company used the net proceeds from the 
sale of the 7.625% Senior Notes (plus cash on hand) in connection with the repurchase of approximately $141.9 million 
aggregate  principal  amount  of  the  former  11.375%  Senior  Secured  Notes  and  approximately  $98.5  million  aggregate 
principal amount of the former 9.5% Senior Subordinated Notes, pursuant to a tender offer the Company conducted.  

The  7.625%  Senior  Notes  are  guaranteed,  fully,  unconditionally,  and  jointly  and  severally,  on  an  unsecured  senior 
basis by certain of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries. The Company may redeem some or all of these notes at any time 
prior to December 1, 2014, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus a make-whole premium. Prior 
to December 1, 2014, the Company may redeem up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the 7.625% Senior Notes 
per 12-month period at a redemption price equal to 103% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed, plus accrued and 
unpaid interest. In addition, the notes will become redeemable for cash after December 1, 2014 at the Company’s option, in 
whole  or  in  part,  initially  at  a  redemption  price  equal  to  103.813%  of  the  principal  amount,  declining  to  100%  of  the 
principal amount on December 1, 2016, plus accrued interest thereon to the date fixed for redemption.  

In November 2013, the Company redeemed $27.5 million aggregate principal amount of these notes at a price equal to 
103%  of  the  principal  amount  of  the  notes  redeemed,  plus  accrued  interest  to the  redemption  date.  As  of  December  29, 
2013, and December 30, 2012, the balance of the 7.625% Senior Notes outstanding was $247.5 million and $275 million, 
respectively. The estimated fair value of the 7.625% Senior Notes as of December 29, 2013, and December 30, 2012, based 
on then current market prices, was $265.8 million and $295.6 million, respectively. 

49 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
11.375% Senior Secured Notes 

On June 5, 2009, the Company completed a private offering of $150 million aggregate principal amount of 11.375% 
Senior Secured Notes due 2013. Interest on the 11.375% Senior Secured Notes was payable semi-annually on May 1 and 
November  1  (the  first  payment  was  made  on  November  1,  2009).  The  11.375%  Senior  Secured  Notes  were  guaranteed, 
jointly  and  severally,  on  a  senior  secured basis  by  certain  of  the  Company’s  domestic  subsidiaries.  The  11.375%  Senior 
Secured Notes were secured by a second-priority lien on substantially all of the Company’s and certain of the Company’s 
domestic subsidiaries’ assets that secure the Company’s Syndicated Credit Facility on a first-priority basis.  

As  of  December  30,  2012,  the  balance  of  the  11.375%  Senior  Secured  Notes  outstanding,  net  of  the  remaining 
unamortized  original  issue  discount,  was  approximately  $8.1  million.  The  estimated  fair  value  of  the  11.375%  Senior 
Secured Notes as of December 30, 2012, based on then current market prices, was $8.1 million. The Company repaid the 
$8.1 million balance of these notes at maturity in November 2013.  

Other Lines of Credit  

Subsidiaries of the Company have an aggregate of the equivalent of $6.0 million of other lines of credit available at 
interest  rates  ranging  from  4%  to  6%.  As  of  December  29,  2013,  and  December  30,  2012,  there  were  no  borrowings 
outstanding under these lines of credit.  

Borrowing Costs 

Deferred borrowing costs, which include underwriting, legal and other direct costs related to the issuance of debt, net 
of  accumulated  amortization,  were  $5.0  million  and  $5.4  million,  as  of  December  29,  2013,  and  December  30,  2012, 
respectively. The Company amortizes these costs over the life of the related debt. Expenses related to such costs for the 
years 2013, 2012 and 2011 amounted to $2.0 million, $1.2 million and $1.4 million, respectively. The expense for the year 
2013  includes  $0.8 million  of  expense  related  to  the  write-down  of  debt  costs  associated  with  note  repurchases  and  the 
termination of our former $100 million domestic revolving credit facility. 

Future Maturities 

The aggregate maturities of borrowings for each of the five fiscal years subsequent to 2013, are as follows: 

FISCAL YEAR 

2014 ...................................................................................................................................................  $ 
2015 ...................................................................................................................................................    
2016 ...................................................................................................................................................    
2017 ...................................................................................................................................................    
2018 ...................................................................................................................................................    
Thereafter ...........................................................................................................................................    
  $ 

AMOUNT 
(in thousands) 

0 
0 
0 
0 
273,826 
0 
273,826 

PREFERRED STOCK 

The Company is authorized to designate and issue up to 5,000,000 shares of $1.00 par value preferred stock in one or 
more  series  and  to  determine  the  rights  and  preferences  of  each  series,  to  the  extent  permitted  by  the  Articles  of 
Incorporation, and to fix the terms of such preferred stock without any vote or action by the shareholders. The issuance of 
any series of preferred stock may have an adverse effect on the rights of holders of common stock and could decrease the 
amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of common stock. In addition, any issuance of preferred 
stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company. As of December 29, 
2013, and December 30, 2012, there were no shares of preferred stock issued. 

50 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
   
 
 
Preferred Share Purchase Rights  

The Company has previously issued one purchase right (a “Right”) in respect of each outstanding share of Common 
Stock  pursuant  to  a  Rights  Agreement  it  entered  into  in  March  2008.  Each  Right  entitles  the  registered  holder  of  the 
Common  Stock  to  purchase  from  the  Company  one  one-hundredth  of  a  share  (a  “Unit”)  of  Series  B  Participating 
Cumulative Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred Stock”). 

The Rights may have certain anti-takeover effects. The Rights will cause substantial dilution to a person or group that 
acquires (without the consent of the Company’s Board of Directors) 15% or more of the outstanding shares of Common 
Stock or  if other  specified  events  occur without  the  Rights  having been redeemed  or  in  the  event  of  an  exchange of  the 
Rights for Common Stock as permitted under the Shareholder Rights Plan. 

The dividend and liquidation rights of the Series B Preferred Stock are designed so that the value of one Unit of Series 
B  Preferred  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  each  Right  will  approximate  the  same  economic  value  as  one  share  of 
Common  Stock,  including  voting  rights.  The  exercise  price  per  Right  is  $90,  subject  to  adjustment.  Shares  of  Series  B 
Preferred Stock will entitle the holder to a minimum preferential dividend of $1.00 per share, but will entitle the holder to 
an  aggregate  dividend  payment  of  100  times  the  dividend  declared  on  each  share  of  Common  Stock.  In  the  event  of 
liquidation, each share of Series B Preferred Stock will be entitled to a minimum preferential liquidation payment of $1.00, 
plus accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, but will be entitled to an aggregate payment of 100 times the 
payment  made  per  share  of  Common  Stock.  In  the  event  of  any  merger,  consolidation  or  other  transaction  in  which 
Common Stock is exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash or other property, each share of Series B 
Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive 100 times the amount received per share of Common Stock. Series B Preferred 
Stock is not convertible into Common Stock. 

Each  share  of  Series  B  Preferred  Stock  will  be  entitled  to  100  votes  on  all  matters  submitted  to  a  vote  of  the 
shareholders  of  the  Company,  and  shares  of  Series  B  Preferred  Stock  will  generally  vote  together  as  one  class  with  the 
Common Stock and any other voting capital stock of the Company on all  matters submitted to a vote of the Company’s 
shareholders.  

Further,  whenever  dividends  on  the  Series  B  Preferred  Stock  are  in  arrears  in  an  amount  equal  to  six  quarterly 
payments, the Series B Preferred Stock, together with any other shares of preferred stock then entitled to elect directors, 
shall have the right, as a single class, to elect one director until the default has been cured. 

Prior  to  entering  into  the  March  2008  Rights  Agreement,  the  Company  maintained  a  substantially  similar  Rights 

Agreement that was entered into in 1998. 

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY  

Prior  to  March  5,  2012,  the  Company  had  two  classes  of  common  stock  –  Class  A  Common  Stock  and  Class  B 
Common Stock. The Company was authorized to issue 80 million shares of $0.10 par value Class A Common Stock and 40 
million shares of $0.10 par value Class B Common Stock. The Class A and Class B Common Stock had identical voting 
rights except for the election or removal of directors. Holders of Class B Common Stock were entitled as a class to elect a 
majority  of  the  Board  of  Directors.  Under  the  terms  of  the  Class  B  Common  Stock,  its  special  voting  rights  to  elect  a 
majority of the Board members would terminate irrevocably if the total outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock ever 
comprised  less  than  ten  percent  of  the  Company’s  total  issued  and  outstanding  shares  of  Class  A  and  Class  B  Common 
Stock.  

51 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
On March 5, 2012, the number of issued and outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock of the Company constituted 
less than 10% of the aggregate number of issued and outstanding shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock and 
Class B Common Stock (that is, 6,459,556 shares of an aggregate of 65,372,375 shares), as the cumulative result of varied 
transactions  that  caused  the  conversion  of  shares  of  Class  B  Common  Stock  into  shares  of  Class  A  Common 
Stock.   Accordingly,  in  accordance  with  the  respective  terms  for  the  Class  B  Common  Stock  and  the  Class  A  Common 
Stock in Article V of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation (the “Articles”), the Class A Common Stock and Class B 
Common  Stock  are  now,  irrevocably  from  March  5,  2012,  a  single  class  of  Common  Stock  in  all  respects,  with  no 
distinction  whatsoever  between  the  voting  rights  or  any  other  rights  and  privileges  of  the  holders  of  Class  A  Common 
Stock and the holders of Class B Common Stock.  The Company intends to eliminate uses of (or references to) the terms 
“Class A” and “Class B” in connection with the Common Stock, except for historical purposes or to facilitate transition by 
certain stock listing or administrative services organizations who are accustomed to the old designations for the Common 
Stock.   Following  the  March  5,  2012  event,  the  Company  is  authorized  to  issue  120  million  shares  of  $0.10  par  value 
Common Stock. 

The Company’s Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol TILE.  

The Company paid dividends totaling $0.11 per share during 2013, $0.09 per share during 2012, and $0.08 per share 
during 2011, to each share of Common Stock. The future declaration and payment of dividends is at the discretion of the 
Company’s Board, and depends upon, among other things, the Company’s investment policy and opportunities, results of 
operations, financial condition, cash requirements, future prospects, and other factors that may be considered relevant at the 
time  of  the  Board’s  determination.  Such  other  factors  include  limitations  contained  in  the  agreement  for  its  primary 
revolving credit facility and in the indenture for its public indebtedness, each of which specify conditions as to when any 
dividend payments may be made. As such, the Company may discontinue its dividend payments in the future if its Board 
determines that a cessation of dividend payments is proper in light of the factors indicated above. 

All treasury stock is accounted for using the cost method. 

52 

   
  
  
 
 
The following tables depict the activity in the accounts which make up shareholders equity for the years 2013, 2012 

and 2011.  

CLASS 
A 
SHARES     

CLASS  
A 
AMOUNT   

CLASS 
B 
SHARES  

CLASS 
B 
AMOUNT  

ADDITIONAL 
PAID-IN 
CAPITAL 
(in thousands) 

RETAINED 
EARNINGS 
(DEFICIT)     

PENSION 
LIABILITY    

FOREIGN 
CURRENCY 
TRANSLATION 
ADJUSTMENT  

Balance, at January 2, 

2011 ..............................     57,311    $ 
0      

Net income ........................    
Conversion of common 

5,729     
0     

7,145  $
0   

716   $
0    

349,662  $
0   

(49,770)  $ 
38,721      

(31,196)  $
0      

(26,269)
0 

stock .............................    

593      

59     

(593)  

(59)   

Stock issuances under 

employee plans .............    

502      

50     

0   

0    

0   

210   

Other issuances of 

common stock...............    

0      

0     

527   

53    

11,336   

0      

0      

0      

Unamortized stock 

compensation expense 
related to restricted 
stock awards .................    
Cash dividends paid ..........    
Forfeitures and 

compensation expense 
related to stock awards .    

Pension liability 

adjustment ....................    

Foreign currency 

translation adjustment ...    
Other .................................    
Balance, at January 1, 

0      
0      

0      

0      

0      
0      

0     
0     

0     

0     

0     
0     

0   
0   

0   

0   

0   
0   

0    
0    

0    

0    

0    
0    

0      

0      

0      

0      
0      

0 

0 

0 

0 
0 

0 

0 

(11,402)  
0   

0      
(5,231)    

11,594   

0      

0      

0      

(5,066)    

0   

0   
0   

0      
(484)    

0      
0      

(7,614)
0 

2012 ..............................     58,406    $ 

5,839     

7,078  $

709   $

361,400  $

(16,764)  $ 

(36,262)  $

(33,883)

53 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
   SHARES    AMOUNT  

ADDITIONAL 
PAID-IN 
CAPITAL 

RETAINED 
EARNINGS
(DEFICIT)   

(in thousands) 

FOREIGN 
CURRENCY 
TRANSLATION 
ADJUSTMENT  

PENSION 
LIABILITY    

Balance, at January 1, 2012 ...........    
Net income ....................................    
Stock issuances under employee 

option plans ...............................    
Other issuances of common stock .    
Unamortized stock compensation 
expense related to restricted 
stock awards ..............................    
Cash dividends paid ......................    
Forfeitures and compensation 

expense related to stock awards .    
Pension liability adjustment .........      
Foreign currency translation 

adjustment ..................................    
Other..............................................    
Balance, at December 30, 2012 .....    

65,484  $
0   

6,548  $
0   

361,400  $
0   

(16,764) $ 
5,943   

(36,262)  $ 
0     

(33,883)
0 

160   
573   

0   
0   

(155)  
0   

16   
58   

0   
0   

(16)  
0   

2,030   
7,564   

0   
0   

(7,610)  
0   

0   
(5,925)  

0     
0     

0     
0     

3,293   
0   

0   
0   

0     
771     

0 
0 

0 
0 

0 
0 

0   
0   
66,062  $

0   
0   
6,606  $

0   
0   
366,677  $

0   
0   
(16,746) $ 

0     
0     
(35,491)  $ 

8,539 
0 
(25,344)

54 

 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
   SHARES    AMOUNT  

ADDITIONAL 
PAID-IN 
CAPITAL 

RETAINED 
EARNINGS
(DEFICIT)   

(in thousands) 

FOREIGN 
CURRENCY 
TRANSLATION 
ADJUSTMENT  

PENSION 
LIABILITY    

Balance, at December 30, 2012 .....    
Net income ....................................    
Stock issuances under employee 

option plans ...............................    
Other issuances of common stock .    
Unamortized stock compensation 
expense related to restricted 
stock awards ..............................    
Cash dividends paid ......................    
Forfeitures and compensation 

expense related to stock awards .    
Pension liability adjustment .......       
Foreign currency translation 

adjustment ..................................    
Other..............................................    
Balance, at December 29, 2013 .....    

Stock Options 

66,062  $
0   

6,606  $
0   

366,677  $
0   

(16,746) $ 
48,255   

(35,491)  $ 
0     

(25,344)
0 

201   
670   

0   
0   

(622)  
0   

20   
67   

0   
0   

(62)  
0   

1,814   
10,805   

0   
0   

(10,872)  
0   

0   
(7,283)  

0     
0     

0     
0     

6,173   
0   

0   
0   

0     
1,409     

0 
0 

0 
0 

0 
0 

0   
0   
66,311  $

0   
0   
6,631  $

0   
0   
374,597  $

0   
0   
24,226  $ 

0     
0     
(34,082)  $ 

(5,241)
0 
(30,585)

The  Company  has  an  Omnibus  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (“Omnibus  Plan”)  under  which  a  committee  of  independent 
directors  is  authorized  to  grant  directors  and  key  employees,  including  officers,  options  to  purchase  the  Company’s 
Common Stock. Options are exercisable for shares of Common Stock at a price not less than 100% of the fair market value 
on the date of grant. The options become exercisable either immediately upon the grant date or ratably over a time period 
ranging from one to five years from the date of the grant. The Company’s options expire at the end of time periods ranging 
from three to ten years from the date of the grant. In May 2010, the shareholders approved an amendment and restatement 
of the Omnibus Plan. This amendment and restatement extended the term of the Omnibus Plan until February 2020, and set 
the number of shares authorized for issuance or transfer on or after the effective date of the amendment and restatement at 
6,558,263 shares, except that each share issued pursuant to an award other than a stock option reduces the number of such 
authorized shares by 1.33 shares. 

Accounting  standards  require  that  the  Company  measure  the  cost  of  employee  services  received  in  exchange  for  an 
award of equity instruments based on the grant date fair market value of the award. That cost will be recognized over the 
period in which the employee is required to provide the services – the requisite service period (usually the vesting period) – 
in  exchange  for  the  award.  The  grant  date  fair  value  for  options  and  similar  instruments  will  be  estimated  using  option 
pricing  models.  Under  accounting  standards,  the  Company  is  required  to  select  a  valuation  technique  or  option  pricing 
model. The Company uses the Black-Scholes model. Accounting standards require that the Company estimate forfeitures 
for  stock  options  and  reduce  compensation  expense  accordingly.  The  Company  has  reduced  its  expense  by  the  assumed 
forfeiture rate and will evaluate actual experience against the assumed forfeiture rate going forward. This expense reduction 
is not significant to the Company. 

The Company recognized stock option compensation expense of $0.1 million in 2013, $0.5 million in 2012 and $0.8 
million  in  2011.  The  remaining  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  unvested  awards  at  December  29,  2013, 
approximated  $0.1 million,  and  the  weighted  average  period  of  time  over  which  this  cost  will  be  recognized  is 
approximately  one  year.  The  expense  for  stock  options  is  included  in  selling,  general  and  administrative  expense  on  the 
Company’s consolidated statements of operations, as none of these stock options have been issued to production personnel. 

55 

    
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, with 
the following weighted average assumptions used for grants issued in 2011 (there were no stock options granted in 2013 or 
2012): 

Risk free interest rate ........................................................................................................................    
Expected option life (years) ..............................................................................................................  
Expected volatility ............................................................................................................................    
Expected dividend yield ....................................................................................................................    

0.9%
5.75  
65%
0.5%

The weighted average fair value of stock options (as of grant date) granted during 2011 was $7.37 per share. 

The  following  table  summarizes  stock  options  outstanding  as  of  December  29,  2013,  as  well  as  activity  during  the 

previous fiscal year: 

FISCAL YEAR 
2011  

Outstanding at December 30, 2012 ............................................................ 
Granted ....................................................................................................... 
Exercised .................................................................................................... 
Forfeited or cancelled ................................................................................. 
Outstanding at December 29, 2013 (a) ....................................................... 

Exercisable at December 29, 2013 (b) ....................................................... 
___________  

Shares 

Weighted Average 
Exercise Price 

393,500     $ 
0       
201,000       
8,500       
184,000     $ 

184,000     $ 

8.49 
0 
9.09 
2.71 
8.18 

8.18 

(a) At December 29, 2013, the weighted-average remaining contractual life of options outstanding was 5.8 years. 
(b) At December 29, 2013, the weighted-average remaining contractual life of options exercisable was 5.8 years. 

At  December  29,  2013,  the  aggregate  intrinsic  values  of  in-the-money  options  outstanding  and  options  exercisable 
were $2.5 million and $2.5 million, respectively (the intrinsic value of a stock option is the amount by which the market 
value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the option). 

The intrinsic value of stock options exercised in 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $1.9 million, $0.9 million and $6.0 million, 
respectively. The cash proceeds related to stock options exercised in 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $1.9 million, $1.5 million, 
and $2.7 million, respectively. 

56 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
  
    
         
 
  
  
  
 
 
The tax benefit recognized with respect to stock options during the years 2013, 2012 and 2011 was not significant. 

Options Outstanding 
Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life (years)   

Number 
Outstanding at 
December 29, 
2013 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price  

Options Exercisable 

Number 
Exercisable 
at December 
29, 2013 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price 

7,500   
77,500   
20,000   
79,000   
184,000   

5.1  $
5.0   
5.8   
6.6   
5.8  $

1.49    
4.31    
7.78    
12.47    
8.18    

7,500  $
77,500   
20,000   
79,000   
184,000  $

1.49 
4.31 
7.78 
12.47 
8.18 

Range of Exercise Prices  

$1.49 –  4.00 
4.01 –  7.00 
7.01 –  12.00 
12.01 –  14.00 

Restricted Stock Awards 

During fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company granted restricted stock awards totaling 670,000, 573,000 and 
668,000  shares,  respectively,  of  Common  Stock.  These  awards  (or  a  portion  thereof)  vest  with  respect  to  each  recipient 
over a two to five year period from the date of grant, provided the individual remains in the employment or service of the 
Company as of the vesting date. Additionally, these shares (or a portion thereof) could vest earlier upon the attainment of 
certain performance criteria, in the event of a change in control of the Company, or upon involuntary termination without 
cause. 

Compensation expense related to the vesting of restricted stock was $7.9 million, $3.3 million and $10.1 million for 
2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. These grants are made primarily to executive-level personnel at the Company and, as a 
result, no compensation costs have been capitalized. Accounting standards require that the Company estimate forfeitures 
for restricted stock and reduce compensation expense accordingly. The Company has reduced its expense by the assumed 
forfeiture rate and will evaluate actual experience against the assumed forfeiture rate going forward. The forfeiture rate has 
been developed using historical data regarding actual forfeitures as well as an estimate of future expected forfeitures under 
our restricted stock grants. 

The following table summarizes restricted stock activity as of December 29, 2013, and during the previous fiscal year: 

Shares  

Weighted Average
Grant Date 
Fair Value  

Outstanding at December 30, 2012 ..................................................................   
Granted .............................................................................................................   
Vested ..............................................................................................................   
Forfeited or cancelled .......................................................................................   
Outstanding at December 29, 2013 ..................................................................   

1,973,500    $ 
670,000      
420,000      
516,000      
1,707,500    $ 

14.79 
16.23 
14.68 
14.00 
15.62 

As  of  December  29,  2013,  the  unrecognized  total  compensation  cost  related  to  unvested  restricted  stock  was  $10.9 

million. That cost is expected to be recognized by the end of 2019. 

As stated above, accounting standards require the Company to estimate forfeitures in calculating the expense related to 
stock-based compensation, as opposed to only recognizing these forfeitures and the corresponding reduction in expense as 
they occur.  

The  tax  benefit  recognized  with  respect  to  restricted  stock  during  the  years  2013,  2012  and  2011  was  $3.0  million, 

$0.7 million, and $2.8 million, respectively. 

57 

  
   
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
   
  
    
     
      
      
      
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
    
 
  
   
  
  
 
 
INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE 

The Company computes basic earnings (loss) per share (“EPS”) by dividing income (loss) from continuing operations, 
income (loss) from discontinued operations and net income (loss), by the weighted average common shares outstanding, 
including  participating  securities  outstanding,  during  the  period  as  depicted  below.  Diluted  EPS  reflects  the  potential 
dilution beyond shares for basic EPS that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised, 
converted  into  common  stock  or  resulted  in  the  issuance  of  common  stock  that  would  have  shared  in  the  Company’s 
earnings. Income attributable to non-controlling interest is included in the computation of basic and diluted earnings per 
share, where applicable. 

The  Company  includes  all  unvested  stock  awards  which  contain  non-forfeitable  rights  to  dividends  or  dividend 
equivalents, whether paid or unpaid, in the number of common shares outstanding in our basic and diluted EPS calculations 
when the inclusion of these shares would be dilutive. Unvested share-based awards of restricted stock are paid dividends 
equally with all other shares of common stock. As a result, the Company includes all outstanding restricted stock awards in 
the calculation of basic and diluted EPS. Distributed earnings include common stock dividends and dividends earned on 
unvested  share-based  payment  awards.  Undistributed  earnings  represent  earnings  that  were  available  for  distribution  but 
were not distributed. The following tables show distributed and undistributed earnings: 

2013 

Fiscal Year 
2012 

2011 

Earnings per share from continuing operations:

Basic earnings per share 

Distributed earnings ...............................................................  $
Undistributed earnings ...........................................................   
  $

Diluted earnings per share 

Distributed earnings ...............................................................  $
Undistributed earnings ...........................................................   
$

Earnings (Loss) per share from discontinued operations:

Basic earnings (loss) per share  

Distributed earnings ............................................................... $
Undistributed earnings ...........................................................   

Diluted earnings (loss) per share 

Distributed earnings ............................................................... $
Undistributed earnings ...........................................................   

0.11     $
0.62    
0.73     $

0.11     $
0.62    
0.73 

$

0.00 
0.00    

0.00 
0.00    

$

$

0.09      $ 
0.26        
0.35      $ 

0.09      $ 
0.26        
0.35   $ 

0.00   $ 
(0.26)      

0.00   $ 
(0.26)      

Basic earnings per share ............................................................. $
Diluted earnings per share .........................................................  $

0.73 
$
0.73     $

0.09      $ 
0.09      $ 

0.08
0.51
0.59

0.08
0.50
0.58

0.00
0.01

0.00
0.01

0.59
0.59

58 

  
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
     
     
   
   
          
 
      
    
    
           
 
 
  
  
      
    
    
           
      
    
    
           
 
 
  
      
    
    
           
  
      
    
    
           
     
   
   
          
 
  
      
    
    
           
      
    
    
           
 
 
  
      
    
    
           
      
    
    
           
 
 
  
      
    
    
           
  
      
    
    
           
   
 
 
The following table presents income from continuing operations and net income that was attributable to participating 

securities: 

2013

Fiscal Year 

2012 
(in millions) 

2011

Income from continuing operations ....................................  $
Net income ..........................................................................   

1.2    $
1.2     

0.7    $ 
0.2      

1.0 
1.0 

The weighted average shares for basic and diluted EPS were as follows: 

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding ...............................   
Participating Securities ........................................................   
Shares for Basic Earnings Per Share ...................................   
Dilutive Effect of Stock Options .........................................   
Shares for Diluted Earnings Per Share ................................   

Fiscal Year 

2012 
(in thousands) 

63,793      
1,974      
65,767      
133      
65,900      

2013

64,486     
1,708     
66,194     
103     
66,297     

2011

63,542 
1,749 
65,291 
195 
65,486 

In  2012  and  2011,  certain  outstanding  stock  options  were  not  included  in  the  determination  of  diluted  EPS  as  their 
impact would be anti-dilutive. The following table shows the shares excluded from the diluted EPS calculation for those 
years. 

Options excluded ........................................................................................................   

RESTRUCTURING CHARGES 

2012 Restructuring Plan 

Fiscal Year

2012 

2011

(in thousands) 

191      

249 

In  the first  quarter  of  2012,  the  Company  committed  to  a  restructuring  plan  in  its  continuing  efforts  to  reduce  costs 
across its worldwide operations and more closely align its operations with reduced demand levels in certain markets. The 
plan  primarily  consisted  of  ceasing  manufacturing  and  warehousing  operations  at  its  facility  in  Shelf,  England.  In 
connection with this restructuring plan, the Company incurred a pre-tax restructuring and asset impairment charge in the 
first  quarter  of  2012  in  an  amount  of  $16.3  million.  The  charge  was  comprised  of  employee  severance  expenses  of 
$5.4 million, other related exit costs of $1.6 million, and a charge for impairment of assets of approximately $9.3 million. 
Approximately  $7  million  of  the  charge  will  result  in  cash  expenditures,  primarily  severance  expense.  In  the  third  and 
fourth quarters of 2012, the Company recorded additional charges of $0.8 million and $2.3 million, respectively, of cash 
severance  expenses  related  to  the  finalization  of  this  plan  for  its  European  operations.  As  a  result  of  these  2012 
restructuring charges, a reduction of approximately 145 employees occurred. 

A summary of these restructuring activities is presented below: 

Total 
Restructuring 
Charge

Costs 
Incurred 
in 2012

Costs 
Incurred 
in 2013 

Balance at 
Dec. 29, 
2013

Workforce Reduction .......................................................  $
Fixed Asset Impairment ...................................................   
Other Related Exit Costs ..................................................   

8,465    $
9,364     
1,596     

(in thousands) 
5,205    $ 
9,364      
1,168      

3,174    $
0     
295     

86 
0 
133 

59 

  
  
 
 
  
      
        
        
 
  
 
   
    
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
      
        
        
 
  
 
   
    
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
      
        
 
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
    
 
 
2011 Restructuring Plan 

In 2011, the Company committed to a restructuring plan intended to reduce costs across its worldwide operations and 
more closely align its operations with reduced demand in certain markets. As a result of this plan, the Company incurred 
pre-tax  restructuring  and  asset  impairment  charges  of  $5.8  million  in  2011.  The  majority  of  this  charge  ($5.0  million) 
related to the severance of approximately 90 employees in Europe, Asia and the United States. The remainder of the charge 
($0.8 million) related to contract termination and fixed asset impairment costs. Approximately $5.0 million of this charge 
will result in cash expenditures, primarily severance expenses. Actions and expenses related to this plan were substantially 
completed by the end of 2011.  

A summary of these restructuring activities is presented below: 

Total 
Restructuring 
Charge 

Costs 
Incurred 
In 2011 

Costs 
Incurred 
In 2012 
(in thousands) 

Costs 
Incurred 
In 2013 

    Balance at 
December 
29, 2013 

Workforce reduction ................................  $ 
Fixed asset impairment.............................    

4,979    $
776     

867    $
776     

3,450    $ 
0      

362    $
0     

300 
0 

TAXES ON INCOME 

Provisions for federal, foreign and state income taxes in the consolidated statements of operations consisted of the 

following components: 

Current expense/(benefit): 

Federal .............................................................................  $
Foreign .............................................................................   
State .................................................................................   

Deferred expense/(benefit): 

Federal .............................................................................   
Foreign .............................................................................   
State .................................................................................   

2013 

FISCAL YEAR 
2012 
(in thousands) 

2011 

473    $
2,605     
627     

3,705     

3,246     
8,692     
5,106     

(134)   $ 
5,319      
602      

5,787      

1,928      
17      
(1,692)     

17,044     

253      

316 
11,123 
922 

12,361 

6,204 
2,304 
14 

8,522 

Income tax expense (benefit) is included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations as follows: 

  $

20,749    $

6,040    $ 

20,883 

Continuing operations .........................................................   $
Income (loss) from discontinued operations .......................     

20,749    $
0     

15,204    $ 
(9,164)     

20,640 
243 

   $ 

20,749    $

6,040    $ 

20,883 

2013 

FISCAL YEAR 
2012 
(in thousands) 

2011 

60 

  
  
 
  
  
   
   
   
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
    
 
  
 
 
      
        
         
 
  
      
        
         
 
  
   
      
        
         
 
  
      
        
         
 
  
   
  
      
        
         
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
   
    
 
  
  
 
  
     
  
        
         
 
  
   
 
 
Income from continuing operations before taxes on income consisted of the following: 

2013 

FISCAL YEAR 
2012 
(in thousands) 

2011 

U.S. operations ....................................................................  $
Foreign operations ...............................................................   

21,292    $
47,712     

27,332    $ 
10,771      

15,592 
43,318 

  $

69,004    $

38,103    $ 

58,910 

Deferred income taxes for the years ended December 29, 2013, and December 30, 2012, reflect the net tax effects of 
temporary  differences  between  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  for  financial  reporting  purposes  and  the 
amounts used for income tax purposes. 

At  December  29,  2013,  the  Company  had  approximately  $141.3  million  in  federal  net  operating  loss  carryforwards 
with  expiration  dates  through  2032,  of  which  $27.6  million  is  from  share-based  payment  awards.  In  accordance  with 
applicable accounting standards, a financial statement benefit has not been recorded for the net operating loss related to the 
share-based payment awards. The Company’s foreign subsidiaries had approximately $2.0 million in net operating losses 
available for an unlimited carryforward period. The Company expects to utilize all of its federal and foreign carryforwards 
prior to their expiration. The Company had approximately $193 million in state net operating loss carryforwards relating to 
continuing  operations  with  expiration  dates  through  2033.  The  Company  had  provided  a  valuation  allowance  against 
$146.9 million of such losses, which the Company does not expect to utilize. In addition, the Company has approximately 
$168.0 million in state net operating loss carryforwards relating to discontinued operations against which a full valuation 
allowance has been provided. 

The sources of the temporary differences and their effect on the net deferred tax asset are as follows: 

2013 

2012 

Basis differences of property and equipment ............................... $
Basis difference of intangible assets ............................................  
Foreign currency ..........................................................................  
Net operating loss carryforwards .................................................  
Valuation allowances on net operating loss carryforwards ..........  
Federal tax credits ........................................................................  
Deferred compensation ................................................................  
Basis difference of prepaids, accruals and reserves .....................  
Pensions .......................................................................................  
Tax effects of undistributed earnings from foreign subsidiaries 

  ASSETS      LIABILITIES      ASSETS      LIABILITIES  
(in thousands) 
17,282     $ 
440       
2,755       
0       
0       
0       
0       
0       
774       

0   $
0    
0    
51,767    
(9,577)  
4,472    
20,743    
7,269    
0    

0    $
0     
0     
55,322     
(4,603)    
3,164     
18,633     
10,725     
499     

9,985 
426 
3,252 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 

not deemed to be indefinitely reinvested ..................................  
Basis difference of other assets and liabilities ..............................  

0    
0    

1,704       
569       

0     
521     

4,810 
0 

 $

74,674   $

23,524     $ 

84,261    $

18,473 

61 

  
  
 
 
  
 
   
    
 
  
 
 
  
      
        
        
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
    
 
  
  
 
 
  
     
       
        
        
 
  
  
 
 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are included in the accompanying balance sheets as follows: 

Deferred income taxes (current asset) ............................................................  $
Deferred tax asset (non-current asset) ............................................................   
Deferred income taxes (non-current liabilities) ..............................................   
  $

FISCAL YEAR 

2013 

2012 

(in thousands) 
10,232    $ 
55,967      
(15,049)     
51,150    $ 

10,271 
62,856 
(7,339)
65,788 

Management  believes,  based  on  the  Company’s  history  of  taxable  income  and  expectations  for  the  future,  that  it  is 
more likely than not that future taxable  income will be sufficient to fully utilize the deferred tax assets at December 29, 
2013.  

The Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations was 30.1%, 39.9% and 35.0% for fiscal years 2013, 2012 
and  2011,  respectively.  The  following  summary  reconciles  income  taxes  at  the  U.S.  federal  statutory  rate  of  35%  to  the 
Company’s actual income tax expense:  

Income taxes at U.S federal statutory rate .....................................  $
Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from: 

State income taxes, net of federal tax effect ..............................   
Non-deductible business expenses.............................................   
Non-deductible employee compensation ...................................   
Tax effects of Company owned life insurance ..........................   
Tax effects of undistributed earnings from foreign 

subsidiaries not deemed to be indefinitely reinvested ............   
Foreign and U.S. tax effects attributable to foreign operations .   
Valuation allowance effect – State NOL ...................................   
Non-deductible reserve against capital asset .............................   
Advance pricing agreements with tax authorities ......................   
Federal tax credits ......................................................................   
Other ..........................................................................................   
Income tax expense .......................................................................  $

2013 

FISCAL YEAR 

2012  
(in thousands) 

2011  

24,151    $

13,336    $ 

20,619 

496     
601     
409     
(1,117)    

562     
(3,958)    
3,232     
(218)    
(2,492)    
(595)    
(322)    
20,749    $

1,116      
1,009      
469      
(448)     

321      
(1,174)     
(187)     
1,188      
0      
(891)     
465      
15,204    $ 

940 
373 
587 
283 

774 
(2,115)
(333)
0 
0 
0 
(488)
20,640 

The Company does not provide for U.S. income taxes on the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries that are 
considered to be indefinitely reinvested outside of the U.S. as determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred U.S. 
income tax liability related to the indefinitely reinvested earnings is not practicable because of the complexities associated 
with  its  hypothetical  calculation.  At  December  29,  2013,  approximately  $276  million  of  undistributed  earnings  of  the 
Company’s foreign subsidiaries are deemed to be indefinitely reinvested outside of the U.S., on which withholding taxes of 
approximately $4.8 million would be payable upon remittance. 

At December 29, 2013, the Company has provided for approximately $1.4 million in U.S. federal income taxes and 
approximately  $0.2  million  in  foreign  withholding  taxes  on  approximately  $4.2  million  of  undistributed  earnings  from 
foreign subsidiaries that are not deemed to be indefinitely reinvested outside of the U.S. 

62 

  
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
    
 
  
 
 
   
  
     
  
      
  
 
  
  
   
 
 
As of December 29, 2013 and December 30, 2012, the Company had $27.4 million and $25.2 million, respectively, of 
unrecognized tax benefits. If the $27.4 million of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 29, 2013 are recognized, there 
would be a favorable impact on the Company’s effective tax rate in future periods. If the unrecognized tax benefits are not 
favorably  settled,  $5.6  million  of  the  total  amount  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  would  require  the  use  of  cash  in  future 
periods. 

The  Company  recognizes  accrued  interest  and  income  tax  penalties  related  to  unrecognized  tax  benefits  as  a 
component  of  income  tax  expense.  As  of  December  29,  2013,  the  Company  had  accrued  interest  and  penalties  of  $1.0 
million, which is included in the total unrecognized tax benefit noted above. 

The Company’s federal income tax returns are subject to examination for the years 2003 to the present. The Company 
files returns in numerous state and local jurisdictions and in general it is subject to examination by the state tax authorities 
for the years 2008 to the present. The Company files returns in numerous foreign jurisdictions and in general it is subject to 
examination by the foreign tax authorities for the years 2003 to the present.  

During 2013, the Company executed advance pricing agreements (“APA”) with the Canadian tax authorities (“CRA”) 
and  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  (“IRS”),  for  tax  years  2006  through  2011,  with  respect  to  certain  intercompany 
transactions (“Covered Transactions”) between Interface, Inc. (including its U.S. subsidiaries) and its Canadian subsidiary, 
InterfaceFLOR  Canada,  Inc.  The  Covered  Transactions 
intercompany  buy-sale  distribution,  contract 
manufacturing, provision of management services, and licensing intangibles.  

include 

The APAs encompass the final resolution resulting from the bilateral negotiations between the CRA and the IRS under 
the  Canada-U.S.  bilateral  advance  pricing  agreement  program  (“BAPA”),  which  the  Company  was  accepted  into  during 
2008, with respect to the Covered Transactions for tax years 2006 through 2011.  

During 2013, the Company recognized tax benefits of $1.9 million relating to the final resolution of the BAPA and a 
reduction  of  $0.6  million  in  federal  income  taxes  and  foreign  withholding  taxes  previously  provided  on  undistributed 
earnings, from its Canadian subsidiary, that were not deemed to be indefinitely reinvested outside the U.S.  

Management believes changes to our unrecognized tax benefits that are reasonably possible in the next 12 months will 
not have a significant impact on our financial positions or results of operations.  The timing of the ultimate resolution of the 
Company’s tax matters and the payment and receipt of related cash is dependent on a number of factors, many of which are 
outside the Company’s control. 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows: 

2013

FISCAL YEAR 
2012 
(in thousands) 

2011

Balance at beginning of year .........................................................  $
Increases related to tax positions taken during the current year   
Increases related to tax positions taken during the prior years ..   
Decreases related to tax positions taken during the prior years .   
Decreases related to settlements with taxing authorities ...........   
Decreases related to lapse of applicable statute of limitations ...   
Changes due to foreign currency translation .............................   
Balance at end of year ...................................................................  $

25,186    $
911      
3,938     
(9)    
(1,928)    
(397)    
(340)    
27,361    $

7,736    $ 
18,118      
150      
(519)     
0      
(300)     
1      
25,186    $ 

8,159 
693  
250 
(1,237)
0 
0 
(129)
7,736 

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS 

In 2012, the Company sold its Bentley Prince Street business segment to a third party. In accordance with applicable 
accounting  standards,  the  Company  has  reported  the  results  of  operations  for  the  former  Bentley  Prince  Street  business 
segment as “discontinued operations,” where applicable. Consequently, the Company’s discussion of sales and other results 
of  operations  (except  for  net  income  or  loss  amounts),  including  percentages  derived  from  or  based  on  such  amounts, 
excludes these discontinued operations unless we indicate otherwise. 

63 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
    
 
  
 
 
  
  
   
 
 
Summary operating results for the discontinued operations are as follows: 

2013 

FISCAL YEAR 
2012 
(in thousands) 

2011 

Net sales .........................................................................................  $
Income (loss) on operations before taxes .......................................   
Taxes on income (benefit) ..............................................................   
Income (loss) on operations, net of tax ..........................................   

0    $
0     
0     
0     

57,017    $ 
(26,120)     
(9,164)     
(16,956)     

104,006 
694 
243 
451 

Loss  from  discontinued  operations,  net  of  tax,  for  2012  was  comprised  of  the  following  after-tax  amounts:  (1)  $8.6 
million of loss on disposal; (2) $5.9 million of costs to sell the operations; and (3) $2.5 million of non-disposal loss from 
the discontinued operations. 

There were no assets and liabilities, including reserves, related to discontinued operations that were held for sale as of 

December 29, 2013 or December 30, 2012. 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

The Company leases certain production, distribution and marketing facilities and equipment. At December 29, 2013, 
aggregate minimum rent commitments under operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more consisted 
of the following: 

FISCAL YEAR 

2014 ..................................................................................................................................................  $ 
2015 ..................................................................................................................................................    
2016 ..................................................................................................................................................    
2017 ..................................................................................................................................................    
2018 ..................................................................................................................................................    
Thereafter ..........................................................................................................................................    

AMOUNT 
(in thousands) 

20,635 
14,742 
10,645 
7,772 
5,493 
15,430 

Rental expense amounted to approximately $24.5 million, $22.8 million and $21.7 million, for the years 2013, 2012 
and 2011, respectively. This excludes rental expenses of approximately $2.6 million and $3.2 million for the years 2012 
and 2011, respectively, related to discontinued operations. 

The Company is from time to time a party to routine litigation incidental to its business. Management does not believe 
that the resolution of any or all of such litigation will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition 
or results of operations. 

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS  

Defined Contribution and Deferred Compensation Plans 

The  Company  has  a 401(k) retirement  investment  plan  (“401(k)  Plan”),  which  is open  to  all otherwise  eligible U.S. 
employees with at least six months of service. The 401(k) Plan calls for Company matching contributions on a sliding scale 
based on the level of the employee’s contribution. The Company may, at its discretion, make additional contributions to the 
401(k)  Plan  based  on  the  attainment  of  certain  performance  targets  by  its  subsidiaries.  The  Company’s  matching 
contributions  are  funded  bi-monthly  and  totaled  approximately  $2.6  million,  $2.4  million  and  $2.1  million  for  the  years 
2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, for continuing operations. No discretionary contributions were made in 2013, 2012 or 
2011. 

Under the Company’s nonqualified savings plans (“NSPs”), the Company provides eligible employees the opportunity 
to enter into agreements for the deferral of a specified percentage of their compensation, as defined in the NSPs. The NSPs 
call  for  Company  matching  contributions  on  a  sliding  scale  based  on  the  level  of  the  employee’s  contribution.  The 
obligations of the Company under such agreements to pay the deferred compensation in the future in accordance with the 
terms of the NSPs are unsecured general obligations of the Company. Participants have no right, interest or claim in the 
assets of the Company, except as unsecured general creditors. The Company has established a rabbi trust to hold, invest and 

64 

  
  
 
 
  
 
   
    
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
reinvest deferrals and contributions under the NSPs. If a change in control of the Company occurs, as defined in the NSPs, 
the Company will contribute an amount to the rabbi trust sufficient to pay the obligation owed to each participant. Deferred 
compensation in connection with the NSPs totaled $22.5 million at December 29, 2013. The Company invests the deferrals 
in insurance instruments with readily determinable cash surrender values. 

Foreign Defined Benefit Plans 

The Company has trusteed defined benefit retirement plans which cover many of its European employees. The benefits 
are  generally  based  on  years  of  service  and  the  employee’s  average  monthly  compensation.  Pension  expense  was  $1.0 
million, $0.8 million and $0.3 million for the years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Plan assets are primarily invested in 
equity  and  fixed  income  securities.  The  Company  uses  a  year-end  measurement  date  for  the  plans.  As  of  December  29, 
2013, for the European plans, the Company had a net asset recorded of $2.6 million, an amount equal to their overfunded 
status,  and  has  recorded  in  Other  Comprehensive  Income  an  amount  equal  to  $31.5  million  (net  of  taxes)  related  to  the 
future amounts to be recorded in net post-retirement benefit costs. 

The tables presented below set forth the funded status of the Company’s significant foreign defined benefit plans and 

required disclosures in accordance with applicable accounting standards 

Change in benefit obligation 

Benefit obligation, beginning of year ............................................................  $
Service cost ....................................................................................................   
Interest cost ....................................................................................................   
Benefits and expenses paid ............................................................................   
Actuarial loss (gain) .......................................................................................   
Member contributions ....................................................................................   
Currency translation adjustment ....................................................................   

FISCAL YEAR 

2013 

2012 

(in thousands) 

243,649      $ 
804        
9,610        
(10,820)      
2,312        
331        
5,295        

216,721 
505 
10,212 
(9,969)
17,538 
296 
8,346 

Benefit obligation, end of year ..........................................................................  $

251,181      $ 

243,649 

65 

   
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
     
 
  
 
 
   
  
        
  
 
  
      
           
 
   
 
 
FISCAL YEAR 

2013 

2012 

(in thousands) 

Change in plan assets 

Plan assets, beginning of year ..........................................................................  $
Actual return on assets .....................................................................................    
Company contributions ....................................................................................    
Member contributions ......................................................................................    
Benefits paid ....................................................................................................    
Currency translation adjustment ......................................................................    

241,027     $ 
12,761       
5,195       
0       
(10,807)      
5,585       

206,402 
31,204 
5,248 
0 
(9,704)
7,877 

Plan assets, end of year ...........................................................................................  $

253,761     $ 

241,027 

Reconciliation to balance sheet 

Funded status [benefit asset/(liability)] ............................................................  $

2,580     $ 

Net amount recognized............................................................................................  $

2,580     $ 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (after tax) 

Unrecognized actuarial loss .............................................................................  $
Unamortized prior service costs ....................................................................... 
Total amount recognized ..................................................................................  $

31,302     $ 
152       
31,454     $

(2,622)

(2,622)

30,711 
774 
31,485 

The  above  disclosure  represents  the  aggregation  of  information  related  to  the  Company’s  two  defined  benefit  plans 
which  cover  many  of  its  European  employees.  As  of  December  29,  2013,  and  December  30,  2012,  one  of  these  plans, 
which primarily covers certain employees in the United Kingdom (the “UK Plan”), had an accumulated benefit obligation 
in excess of the plan assets. The other plan, which covers certain employees in Europe (the “Europe Plan”), had assets in 
excess of the accumulated benefit obligation. The following table summarizes this information as of December 29, 2013, 
and December 30, 2012.  

UK Plan 
Projected Benefit Obligation ................................................................................  $
Accumulated Benefit Obligation ..........................................................................   
Plan Assets ...........................................................................................................   

2013 

2012 

(in thousands) 

176,909     $ 
176,909       
174,039       

171,381 
171,381 
162,998 

Europe Plan 
Projected Benefit Obligation ................................................................................  $
Accumulated Benefit Obligation ..........................................................................   
Plan Assets ...........................................................................................................   

74,272     $ 
71,297       
79,772       

72,267 
69,472 
78,029 

Components of net periodic benefit cost 
Service cost .................................................................................  $
Interest cost .................................................................................   
Expected return on plan assets ....................................................   
Amortization of prior service cost ...............................................   
Recognized net actuarial (gains)/losses .......................................   

2013 

FISCAL YEAR 
2012 
(in thousands) 

2011 

804    $
9,610     
(10,150)    
89     
684     

505    $ 
10,212      
(11,203)     
86      
1,189      

492 
11,194 
(11,966)
0 
602 

Net periodic benefit cost .............................................................  $

1,037    $

789    $ 

322 

66 

  
  
 
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
       
          
 
  
       
          
 
  
       
          
 
       
          
 
  
       
          
 
  
       
          
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
    
 
 
 
  
      
         
 
  
      
         
 
   
 
      
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
    
 
  
 
 
   
  
     
  
      
  
 
  
      
        
        
 
   
   
For 2014, it is estimated that approximately $0.7 million of expenses related to the amortization of unrecognized items 
will be included in the net periodic benefit cost. During 2013, other comprehensive income was impacted by approximately 
$0.2 million comprised of actuarial loss of approximately $0.3 million and amortization of $0.5 million. 

2013 

FISCAL YEAR 
2012 

2011 

Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic 

benefit cost 

Discount rate ........................................................................   
Expected return on plan assets .............................................   
Rate of compensation ...........................................................   

Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit 

obligations 

4.0%   
4.7%   
2.0%   

Discount rate ........................................................................   
Rate of compensation ...........................................................   

4.25%   
2.0%   

4.7%      
5.7%      
2.0%      

4.0%      
2.0%      

5.3%
5.9%
2.0%

4.7%
2.0%

The  expected  long-term  rate  of  return  on  plan  assets  assumption  is  based  on  weighted  average  expected  returns  for 
each asset class. Expected returns reflect a combination of historical performance analysis and the forward-looking views 
of the financial markets, and include input from actuaries, investment service firms and investment managers.  

The  Company’s  foreign  defined  benefit  plans’  fair  value  of  plan  assets  were  in  excess  of  the  accumulated  benefit 
obligation.  The  projected  benefit  obligations,  accumulated  benefit  obligations  and  fair  value  of  these  plan  assets  are  as 
follows: 

FISCAL YEAR 

2013 

2012 

(in thousands) 

Projected benefit obligation ....................................................................................  $
Accumulated benefit obligations .............................................................................   
Fair value of plan assets ..........................................................................................   

251,181    $ 
248,206      
253,761      

243,649 
240,853 
241,027 

The investment objectives of the foreign defined benefit plans are to maximize the return on the investments without 
exceeding  the  limits  of  the  prudent  pension  fund  investment,  to  ensure  that  the  assets  would  be  sufficient  to  exceed 
minimum  funding requirements,  and  to  achieve  a favorable  return  against  the performance  expectation  based  on historic 
and projected rates of return over the short term. The goal is to optimize the long-term return on plan assets at a moderate 
level of risk, by balancing higher-returning assets, such as equity securities, with less volatile assets, such as fixed income 
securities.  The  assets  are  managed  by  professional  investment  firms  and  performance  is  evaluated  periodically  against 
specific benchmarks. The plans’ net assets did not include the Company’s own stock at December 29, 2013, or December 
30, 2012. 

The  Company’s  actual  weighted  average  asset  allocations  for  2013  and  2012,  and  the  targeted  asset  allocation  for 

2014, of the foreign defined benefit plans by asset category, are as follows: 

2014 
Target 
Allocation 

FISCAL YEAR 
2013 

2012 

Percentage of Plan  
Assets at Year End 

Asset Category: 

Equity Securities .........................................................................  55% -  
 65%     
Debt Securities ............................................................................  30% -  40%      
Other ...........................................................................................  0% -  5% 

65%     
32%     
3%     

68%
28%
4%

100%

100%     

100%

67 

  
  
 
  
  
 
    
     
  
   
  
 
   
  
        
  
 
   
  
 
   
  
        
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
   
     
  
  
 
 
 
  
    
  
  
     
  
       
  
  
     
  
    
  
  
        
         
  
  
    
      
  
 
 
Fair Value Measurements of Plan Assets 

Accounting standards establish a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure 
estimated  fair  value.  The  hierarchy  gives  the  highest  priority  to  unadjusted  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  for  identical 
assets or liabilities (level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (level 3 measurements). The three 
levels of the fair value hierarchy under applicable accounting standards are described below: 

Level 1 

    Unadjusted  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  that  are  accessible  at  the  measurement  date  for 

identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities. 

Level 2 

    Inputs to the valuation methodology include: 

●   quoted prices for similar assets in active markets; 
●   quoted prices for identical or similar assets in inactive markets; 
●   inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset; and 
●    inputs  that  are  derived  principally  or  corroborated  by  observable  data  by  correlation  or
other means. 

Level 3 

    Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement

and unobservable. 

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant 

to the fair value measurement. 

The following table sets forth by level within the fair value hierarchy the foreign defined benefit plans’ assets at fair 
value, as of December 29, 2013 and December 30, 2012. As required by accounting standards, assets are classified in their 
entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. 

Pension Plan Assets by Category as of December 29, 2013
UK Plan 
Europe Plan
(in thousands) 

Total

Level 1 .........................................................................  $
Level 2 .........................................................................   
Level 3 .........................................................................   
Total ............................................................................  $

79,722    $
0     
0     
79,722    $

167,397    $ 
0      
6,642      
174,039    $ 

247,119 
0 
6,642 
253,761 

Pension Plan Assets by Category as of December 30, 2012
UK Plan 
Europe Plan
(in thousands) 

Total

Level 1 .........................................................................  $
Level 2 .........................................................................   
Level 3 .........................................................................   
Total ............................................................................  $

78,029    $
0     
0     
78,029    $

153,847    $ 
0      
9,151      
162,998    $ 

231,876 
0 
9,151 
241,027 

The assets identified as level 3 above relate to insured annuities held by the UK Plan. The fair value of these assets was 
calculated  using  the  present  value  of  the  future  pension  payments  due  under  the  insurance  policies.  The  table  below 
indicates the change in value related to these level 3 assets during 2013: 

Balance of level 3 assets, beginning of year ........................................................................................  $ 
Interest cost ............................................................................................................................................    
Benefits paid ..........................................................................................................................................    
Actuarial gain .........................................................................................................................................    
Translation adjustment ...........................................................................................................................    
Ending Balance of level 3 assets ..........................................................................................................  $ 

(in thousands) 

9,151 
372 
(895)
(2,018)
32 
6,642 

68 

  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
    
 
  
   
 
 
      
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
    
 
  
   
 
 
      
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
During 2014, the Company expects to contribute $5.5 million to the plan trust and $10.2 million in the form of direct 
benefit payments for its foreign defined benefit plans. It is anticipated that future benefit payments for the foreign defined 
benefit plans will be as follows: 

FISCAL YEAR 

EXPECTED 
PAYMENTS 
(in thousands) 

2014 ..............................................................................................................................................   $ 
2015 ..............................................................................................................................................     
2016 ..............................................................................................................................................     
2017 ..............................................................................................................................................     
2018 ..............................................................................................................................................     
2019-2023 .....................................................................................................................................     

10,200 
10,407 
10,625 
10,917 
11,361 
58,411 

Domestic Defined Benefit Plan 

The  Company  maintains  a  domestic  nonqualified  salary  continuation  plan  (“SCP”),  which  is  designed  to  induce 
selected officers of the Company to remain in the employ of the Company by providing them with retirement, disability 
and  death  benefits  in  addition  to  those  which  they  may  receive  under  the  Company’s  other  retirement  plans  and  benefit 
programs. The SCP entitles participants to: (i) retirement benefits upon normal retirement at age 65 (or early retirement as 
early as age 55) after completing at least 15 years of service with the Company (unless otherwise provided in the SCP), 
payable for the remainder of their lives (or, if elected by a participant, a reduced benefit is payable for the remainder of the 
participant’s  life  and  any  surviving  spouse’s  life)  and  in no  event  less  than 10  years under  the death  benefit  feature;  (ii) 
disability  benefits  payable  for  the  period  of  any  total  disability;  and  (iii) death  benefits  payable  to  the  designated 
beneficiary  of the  participant  for  a period  of  up  to  10  years.  Benefits  are  determined  according  to  one  of  three  formulas 
contained in the SCP, and the SCP is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, 
which has full discretion in choosing participants and the benefit formula applicable to each. The Company’s obligations 
under  the  SCP  are  currently  unfunded  (although  the  Company  uses  insurance  instruments  to  hedge  its  exposure 
thereunder). The Company is required to contribute the present value of its obligations thereunder to an irrevocable grantor 
trust in the event of a change in control as defined in the SCP. The Company uses a year-end measurement date for the 
domestic SCP.  

The tables presented below set forth the required disclosures in accordance with applicable accounting standards, and 

amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements related to the domestic SCP. 

FISCAL YEAR 

2013 

2012 

(in thousands) 

Change in benefit obligation 

Benefit obligation, beginning of year ...........................................................  $
Service cost ...................................................................................................   
Interest cost ...................................................................................................   
Benefits paid .................................................................................................   
Actuarial loss (gain) ......................................................................................   

21,923    $ 
534      
997      
(847)     
(1,660)     

Benefit obligation, end of year .....................................................................  $

20,947    $ 

19,308 
452 
1,014 
(847)
1,996 

21,923 

The amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets are as follows: 

Current liabilities ..............................................................................................  $
Non-current liabilities ......................................................................................   
  $

2013 

2012 

(in thousands) 

848    $ 
20,099      
20,947    $ 

847 
21,076 
21,923 

69 

  
  
 
  
  
 
  
        
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
      
        
 
  
      
        
 
  
  
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
The components of the amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income, after tax, are as follows: 

Unrecognized actuarial loss .............................................................................  $
Unrecognized transition asset ...........................................................................   
Unamortized prior service cost.........................................................................   
  $

2013 

2012 

(in thousands) 
2,614    $ 
0      
14      
2,628    $ 

3,963 
0 
43  
4,006 

The accumulated benefit obligation related to the SCP was $17.6 million and $18.1 million as of December 29, 2013, 
and December 30, 2012, respectively. The SCP is currently unfunded; as such, the benefit obligations disclosed are also the 
benefit obligations in excess of the plan assets. The Company uses insurance instruments to help limit its exposure under 
the SCP. 

2013 

2012 
(in thousands, except for assumptions) 

2011 

Assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost        

Discount rate ...............................................................   
Rate of compensation ..................................................   

Assumptions used to determine benefit obligations 

Discount rate ...............................................................   
Rate of compensation ..................................................   

Components of net periodic benefit cost 

Service cost .................................................................  $
Interest cost .................................................................   
Amortizations ..............................................................   

4.0%   
4.0%   

4.5%   
4.0%   

534     $
997      
489      

4.75%     
4.0%     

4.0%     
4.0%     

452     $ 
1,014       
316       

Net periodic benefit cost ....................................................  $

2,020     $

1,782     $ 

5.5%
4.0%

4.75%
4.0%

393  
1,138  
637  

2,168  

The changes in other comprehensive income during 2013 related to this Plan were approximately $1.3 million, after 

tax, primarily comprised of a net gain during the period of $1.0 million. 

For 2014, the Company estimates that approximately $0.2 million of expenses, after tax, related to the amortization of 

unrecognized items will be included in net periodic benefit cost for the SCP. 

During 2013, the Company contributed $0.8 million in the form of direct benefit payments for its domestic SCP. It is 

anticipated that future benefit payments for the SCP will be as follows: 

FISCAL YEAR 

2014 ...................................................................    $
2015 ...................................................................     
2016 ...................................................................     
2017 ...................................................................     
2018 ...................................................................     
2019-2023 ..........................................................     

EXPECTED PAYMENTS 
(in thousands) 

847 
847 
847 
847 
847 
7,905 

70 

  
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
    
     
  
  
 
  
         
        
  
  
      
         
         
  
   
  
 
      
         
  
  
      
         
         
  
   
  
      
  
       
  
  
  
      
         
         
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
 
 
FIRE AT AUSTRALIAN MANUFACTURING FACILITY 

In July 2012, a fire occurred at the Company’s manufacturing facility in Picton, Australia, causing extensive damage 
and  rendering  the  facility  inoperable.  As  a  result  of  the  fire,  in  2012,  the  Company  recorded  a  charge  of  approximately 
$22.3 million for impairment of fixed assets, and incurred approximately $21.3 million of excess production costs as the 
Company  utilized  its  other  manufacturing  facilities  to  service  customers  in  Australia  and  New  Zealand.  Each  of  these 
amounts  for  impairment  of  fixed  assets  and  excess  production  costs  previously  were  recorded  as  a  receivable  on  the 
Company’s balance sheet, because they were subject to a claim for reimbursement under the Company’s insurance policy. 
In 2012, the Company received $20.7 million in reimbursement from its insurance company related to the fire. Following 
the receipt of those proceeds, as of the end of 2012, the Company had an insurance recovery receivable on the fire claim of 
approximately  $22.9  million.  This  amount  was  included  in  the  “Prepaid  expenses  and  other  current  assets”  line  of  the 
Company’s consolidated balance sheet. 

In addition to the excess production costs described above, in 2012 the Company incurred approximately $1.7 million 
of  costs  related  to  the  fire  that  were  non-production  related  and  were  not  the  subject  of  a  claim  under  the  Company’s 
insurance policy. As a result, this amount was included in the determination of operating income as shown in the line item 
“Expenses related to Australia fire” in the Company’s consolidated condensed statement of operations. 

In 2013, the Company recorded further impairment of fixed assets of $2.7 million and excess production costs of $23.4 
million related to the fire. (Thus, the aggregate of the amounts for impairment of fixed assets and excess production costs 
recorded  during  2012  and  2013  totaled  $69.7  million).  In  the  first  nine  months  of  2013,  the  Company  received  $33.7 
million  of  further  reimbursements  related  to  the  fire  insurance  claim,  and  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2013,  the  Company 
received  a  final  settlement  payment  of  $22.3  million  from  its  insurance  company.  (Thus,  the  aggregate  cash  insurance 
proceeds received during 2012 and 2013 totaled $76.7 million.)  

At the time of the final insurance settlement payment, the amount of proceeds received exceeded the amount that the 
Company had recorded as a receivable. (Certain amounts claimed with the insurance company had not been recorded in the 
Company’s  financial  statements,  in  accordance  with  applicable  accounting  standards.)  Accordingly,  the  amount  of 
reimbursement received in excess of the insurance receivable, approximately $7.0 million, was recorded as a gain during 
2013 in the consolidated statement of operations. There was no insurance recovery receivable as of the end of 2013, and the 
Company does not expect to incur any additional fire related expenses or record any additional fire related recoveries from 
the insurer. 

As  described  in  Items  1  and  7  of  this  report,  the  Company’s  new  manufacturing  facility  in  Minto,  Australia 

commenced operations in January 2014.  

ENTERPRISE-WIDE DISCLOSURES 

Based on applicable accounting standards, the Company has determined that it has three operating segments – namely, 
the Americas, Europe and Asia-Pacific geographic regions. Pursuant to accounting standards, the Company has aggregated 
the  three  operating  segments  into  one  reporting  segment  because  they  have  similar  economic  characteristics,  and  the 
operating segments are similar in all of the following areas: (a) the nature of the products and services; (b) the nature of the 
production processes; (c) the type or class of customer for their products and services; (d) the methods used to distribute 
their products or provide their services; and (e) the nature of the regulatory environment. In August 2012, the Company 
sold  its  Bentley  Prince  Street  business  segment.  Accordingly  the  Company  has  included  the  operations  of  the  former 
Bentley Prince Street segment in discontinued operations, where applicable.  

The Company has a large and diverse customer base, which includes numerous customers located in foreign countries. 
No single unaffiliated customer accounted for more than 10% of total sales in any year during the past three years. Sales to 
customers in foreign markets in 2013, 2012 and 2011 were approximately 52%, 55% and 58%, respectively, of total net 
sales. These sales were primarily to customers in Europe, Canada, Asia, Australia and Latin America. With the exception 
of  the  United  States  (and  Australia  in  2011),  no  one  country  represented  more  than  10%  of  the  Company’s  net  sales. 
Revenue and long-lived assets related to operations in the United States and other countries are as follows: 

71 

  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
SALES TO UNAFFILIATED CUSTOMERS(1) 
United States ....................................................................  $
United Kingdom ...............................................................   
Australia ...........................................................................   
Other foreign countries.....................................................   

2013 

FISCAL YEAR 
2012 
(in thousands) 

2011 

458,585    $
75,076     
78,569     
347,759     

421,355    $ 
83,373      
87,115      
340,177      

400,569 
83,401 
105,871 
363,204 

Net sales ...........................................................................  $

959,989    $

932,020    $ 

953,045 

LONG-LIVED ASSETS(2) 
United States ....................................................................  $
United Kingdom ...............................................................   
Netherlands ......................................................................   
Australia ...........................................................................   
China ................................................................................   
Other foreign countries.....................................................   

85,518    $
16,541     
35,619     
60,199     
16,281     
16,687     

78,661      
10,093      
33,122      
11,895      
15,589      
16,365      

Total long-lived assets ......................................................  $

230,845    $

165,725      

(1) Revenue attributed to geographic areas is based on the location of the customer. 
(2) Long-lived assets include tangible assets physically located in foreign countries. 

QUARTERLY DATA AND SHARE INFORMATION (UNAUDITED) 

The  following  tables  set  forth,  for  the  fiscal  periods  indicated,  selected  consolidated  financial  data  and  information 
regarding the market price per share of the Company’s Common Stock. The prices represent the reported high and low sale 
prices during the period presented. 

FISCAL YEAR 2013 

FIRST 
QUARTER 

SECOND 
QUARTER 

THIRD 
QUARTER 

FOURTH 
QUARTER(1) 

(in thousands, except per share data) 

Net sales .............................................................  $
Gross profit ........................................................   
Net income .........................................................   

210,369    $
71,252     
6,997     

243,483    $
86,233     
10,965     

254,448      $ 
91,753        
14,957        

251,689 
91,871 
15,336 

Basic income per share .......................................  $

0.11    $

0.17    $

0.23      $ 

Diluted income per share: ..................................  $

0.11    $

0.17    $

0.23      $ 

Share prices 

High ................................................................  $
Low .................................................................   

19.96    $
15.76     

19.86    $
15.13     

20.30      $ 
16.73        

0.23 

0.23 

21.74 
18.54 

(1)  The  fourth  quarter  of  2013  includes  a  gain  of  $7.0  million  related  to  final  settlement  of  the  Company’s  fire 
insurance  claim  in  Australia.  The  fourth  quarter  of  2013  also  includes  $1.7  million  of  expenses  related  to  debt 
retirement. 

72 

 
  
 
 
  
 
   
    
 
  
 
 
   
  
     
  
      
  
 
  
      
        
        
 
  
   
      
       
  
   
      
       
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
      
       
  
  
                               
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
     
 
  
 
 
  
      
        
        
           
 
  
      
        
        
           
 
  
      
        
        
           
 
   
  
     
  
     
  
        
  
 
                               
  
   
 
 
FIRST 
QUARTER(1)

FISCAL YEAR 2012 
THIRD 
QUARTER(2) 

    SECOND 
QUARTER

     FOURTH 
QUARTER(3)

Net sales .........................................................................  $
Gross profit ....................................................................   
Income (loss) from continuing operations ......................   
Income (loss) from discontinued operations ..................   
Net income (loss) ...........................................................   

Basic income (loss) per share: 
Income (loss) from continuing operations ......................  $
Income (loss) from discontinued operations ..................   
Net income (loss) ...........................................................  $

Diluted income (loss) per share: 
Income (loss) from continuing operations ......................  $
Income (loss) from discontinued operations ..................   
Net income (loss) ...........................................................  $

Share prices 

(in thousands, except per share data) 
242,863    $
82,861     
11,067     
(16,840)    
(5,773)    

229,546    $
78,702     
10,491     
(233)    
10,258     

210,016    $
70,518     
(6,051)    
117     
(5,934)    

(0.10)   $
0.00     
(0.09)    

(0.10)   $
0.00     
(0.09)   $

0.16    $
0.00     
0.16    $

0.16    $
0.00     
0.16    $

0.17    $
(0.26)    
(0.09)   $

0.17    $
(0.26)    
(0.09)   $

249,595 
85,098 
7,392 
0 
7,392 

0.11 
0.00 
0.11 

0.11 
0.00 
0.11 

High ............................................................................  $
Low .............................................................................   

14.08    $
10.76     

14.89    $
11.14     

14.79    $
11.62     

16.37 
12.94 

(1) Results for the first quarter of 2012 include restructuring and asset impairment charges of $16.3 million. 
(2) Results for the third quarter of 2012 include restructuring charges of $0.8 million and losses related to the Australia fire 
of $1.0 million. 
(3) Results for the fourth quarter of 2012 include restructuring charges of $2.3 million and losses related to the Australia fire 
of $0.7 million. 

ITEMS RECLASSIFIED FROM OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME  

During  2013,  the  Company  did  not  reclassify  any  significant  amounts  out  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive 
income. The only reclassifications that occurred in that period were comprised of $1.3 million related to the Company’s 
defined retirement benefit plans and salary continuation plan. These reclassifications were included in the selling, general 
and administrative expenses line item of the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. 

73 

  
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
 
  
      
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
 
  
      
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
       
 
  
      
        
        
        
 
   
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
 
                               
  
   
  
   
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

The “guarantor subsidiaries,” which consist of the Company’s principal domestic subsidiaries (all of which are 100% 
owned  by  us),  are  guarantors  of  the  Company’s  7.625%  Senior  Notes  due  2018.  The  Supplemental  Guarantor  Financial 
Statements are presented herein pursuant to requirements of the Commission. 

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FOR YEAR 2013 

GUARANTOR 
SUBSIDIARIES  

NON- 
GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES  

INTERFACE, 
INC. 
(PARENT 
CORPORATION) 
(in thousands) 

CONSOLIDATION 
AND 
ELIMINATION 
ENTRIES 

CONSOLIDATED
TOTALS 

(152,950)  $ 
(152,950)  

0     

0     

0     

0     

0     

0     

0     

959,989 
618,880 

341,109 

252,433 

(6,954)

95,630 

26,626 

69,004 

20,749 

0 

Net sales ........................ $ 
Cost of sales .................. 

638,338  $ 
465,369    

474,601   $
306,461     

172,969    

168,140     

0  $ 
0 

0    

105,225    

117,543     

29,665    

Australia fire .............   

0    

(6,954)    

0    

Operating income (loss)    

67,744    

57,551     

(29,665)   

28,343    

10,068  

(11,785)   

39,401    

47,483     

(17,880)   

10,882    

14,055     

(4,188)   

Gross profit on sales ......   
Selling, general and 
administrative 
expenses ....................   

Gain related to 

Interest/other expense ....   
Income (loss) before 

taxes on income and 
equity in income of 
subsidiaries ................   

Income tax expense 

(benefit) .....................   

Equity in income (loss) 

of subsidiaries ...........   

Income (loss) from 

continuing operations    

Income (loss) from 
discontinued 
operations, net of tax .   

0    

0     

61,947    

(61,947)    

28,519    

33,428     

48,255    

(61,947)    

48,255 

0    

0     

0    

0     

0 

Net income (loss) .......... $ 

28,519  $ 

33,428   $

48,255  $ 

(61,947)  $ 

48,255 

74 

  
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
      
       
        
    
  
        
 
  
      
       
        
    
  
        
 
  
      
       
        
    
  
        
 
  
      
       
        
    
  
        
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
        
 
  
 
 
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FOR YEAR 2012 

GUARANTOR 
SUBSIDIARIES    

NON- 
GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES 

INTERFACE, 
INC. 
(PARENT 
CORPORATION) 
(in thousands) 

CONSOLIDATION 
AND 
ELIMINATION 
ENTRIES 

CONSOLIDATED
TOTALS 

Equity in income (loss) 

of subsidiaries ............   

Income (loss) from 

continuing operations .   

Income (loss) from 
discontinued 
operations, net of tax ..   

Net sales ......................... $ 
Cost of sales ...................   

589,330   $ 
433,949   

487,947  $
326,149    

155,381     

161,798    

0  $ 
0    

0    

Gross profit on sales .......   
Selling, general and 
administrative 
expenses .....................   

Expenses related to 

Australia fire ..............   

Restructuring and asset 

impairment charges ....   

94,266     

117,922    

19,170    

0     

1,677    

1,143     

18,032    

71    

250    

Operating income (loss) .   

59,972     

24,167    

(19,491)   

Interest/other expense .....   
Income (loss) before 

taxes on income and 
equity in income of 
subsidiaries .................    

Income tax expense 

29,368     

12,923    

(15,746)   

30,604     

11,244    

(3,745)   

(benefit) ......................   

10,512     

5,613    

(921)   

(145,257)  $ 
(145,257)    

0     

0     

0     

0     

0     

0     

0     

0     

0     

0    

8,767    

(8,767)    

932,020 
614,841 

317,179 

231,358 

1,748 

19,425 

64,648 

26,545 

38,103 

15,204 

0 

20,092     

5,631    

5,943    

(8,767)    

22,899 

(16,956)    

0    

0    

0     

(16,956)

Net income (loss) ........... $ 

3,136   $ 

5,631  $

5,943  $ 

(8,767)  $ 

5,943 

75 

 
  
 
   
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
  
        
 
  
      
        
       
    
  
        
 
  
      
        
       
    
  
        
 
  
      
        
       
    
  
        
 
  
      
        
       
    
  
        
 
  
      
        
       
    
  
        
 
  
 
 
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FOR YEAR 2011 

GUARANTOR 
SUBSIDIARIES   

NON- 
GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES 

INTERFACE, 
INC. 
(PARENT 
CORPORATION)  
(in thousands) 

CONSOLIDATION
AND 
ELIMINATION 
ENTRIES 

CONSOLIDATED
TOTALS 

(169,865)  $ 
(169,865)    

0     

0     

0     

0     

0     

0     

0     

953,045 
618,303 

334,742 

243,287 

5,755 

85,700 

26,790 

58,910 

20,640 

0 

Net sales ......................... $ 
Cost of sales ...................   

584,294  $ 
437,063    

538,616  $
351,105   

147,231    

187,511   

0  $
0    

0    

Operating income (loss) .   

56,748    

55,322   

(26,370)   

89,874    

127,128   

26,285    

609    

5,061   

85    

28,453    

14,754   

(16,417)   

28,295    

40,568   

(9,953)   

9,992    

14,117   

(3,469)   

Gross profit on sales .......   
Selling, general and 
administrative 
expenses ......................   

Restructuring and asset 

impairment charges .....   

Interest/Other expense ....   
Income (loss) before 

taxes on income and 
equity in income of 
subsidiaries .................   

Income tax expense 

(benefit) ......................   

Equity in income (loss) 

of subsidiaries ............   

Income (loss) from 

continuing operations .   

Income (loss) on 
discontinued 
operations, net of tax ..   

0    

0   

45,205    

(45,205)    

18,303    

26,451   

38,721    

(45,205)    

38,270 

1,106    

(655)  

0    

0     

451 

Net income (loss) ........... $ 

19,409  $ 

25,796  $

38,721  $

(45,205)  $ 

38,721 

76 

  
  
 
   
 
  
 
 
  
      
       
      
       
        
 
  
      
       
      
       
        
 
  
      
       
      
       
        
 
  
      
       
      
       
        
 
  
      
       
      
       
        
 
  
      
       
      
       
        
 
   
 
 
BALANCE SHEET AS OF DECEMBER 29, 2013 

GUARANTOR 
SUBSIDIARIES    

NON-
GUARANTOR 
SUBSIDIARIES 

INTERFACE, 
INC. 
(PARENT 
CORPORATION)

CONSOLIDATION 
AND 
ELIMINATION 
ENTRIES 

(in thousands) 

CONSOLIDATED
TOTALS 

ASSETS 
Current Assets: 
Cash and cash 

equivalents ............. $ 
Accounts receivable ...   
Inventories .................   
Prepaids and deferred 

income taxes ..........   

2,495   $ 
57,321     
70,988     

52,714  $
73,991    
78,655    

17,674  $ 
624    
0    

4,040     

26,218    

3,385    

Total current assets.   

134,844     

231,578    

21,683    

0   $ 
0     
0     

0     

0     

72,883 
131,936 
149,643 

33,643 

388,105 

Property and equipment 
less accumulated 
depreciation ...............   

Investment in 

subsidiaries ................   
Goodwill........................   
Other assets ...................   

82,888     

145,106    

2,851    

0     

230,845 

556,734     
6,542     
4,393     

222,753    
71,399    
8,574    

(102,498)   
0    
108,282    

(676,989)    
0     
0     

0 
77,941 
121,249 

Total assets ............. $ 

785,401   $ 

679,410  $

30,318  $ 

(676,989)  $ 

818,140 

LIABILITIES AND 

SHAREHOLDERS’ 
EQUITY 

Current Liabilities: ........ $ 
Long term debt ..............   
Senior notes ...................   
Deferred income taxes ...   
Other .............................   

27,034   $ 
0     
0     
0     
6     

99,062  $
26,326    
0    
17,734    
10,306    

4,091  $ 
0    
247,500    
(2,685)   
47,979    

Total liabilities .......   

27,040     

153,428    

296,885    

0   $ 
0     
0     
0     
0     

0     

130,187 
26,326 
247,500 
15,049 
58,291 

477,353 

Shareholders’ equity ......   
Common stock ...........   
Additional paid-in 

94,145     

102,199    

6,631    

(196,344)    

6,631 

capital ....................   

249,302     

12,525    

374,597    

(261,827)    

374,597 

Retained earnings 

(deficit) ..................   

Foreign currency 
translation 
adjustment .............   
Pension liability .........   

Total shareholders’ 

417,376     

464,769    

(639,101)   

(218,818)    

24,226 

(2,462)    
0     

(22,057)   
(31,454)   

(6,066)   
(2,628)   

0     
0     

(30,585)
(34,082)

equity ........................ $ 

758,361   $ 

525,982  $

(266,567) $ 

(676,989)  $ 

340,787 

 $ 

785,401   $ 

679,410  $

30,318  $ 

(676,989)  $ 

818,140 

77 

 
  
 
   
 
  
 
      
       
       
    
  
        
 
      
       
       
    
  
        
 
  
   
      
     
     
      
  
  
   
      
     
     
      
  
  
   
      
    
     
      
  
  
   
      
     
     
      
  
   
     
    
     
      
  
  
   
      
    
     
      
  
  
   
      
    
     
      
  
      
    
     
      
  
  
   
      
     
     
      
  
  
   
      
     
     
      
  
  
  
 
 
BALANCE SHEET AS OF DECEMBER 30, 2012 

GUARANTOR 
SUBSIDIARIES    

NON-
GUARANTOR 
SUBSIDIARIES 

INTERFACE, 
INC. 
(PARENT 
CORPORATION) 
(in thousands) 

CONSOLIDATION 
AND 
ELIMINATION 
ENTRIES 

CONSOLIDATED
TOTALS 

ASSETS 
Current Assets: 
Cash and cash 

equivalents ............. $ 

Accounts receivable ... 
Inventories ................. 
Prepaids and deferred 
income taxes .......... 

4,072   $ 
59,108     
64,134     

36,186  $ 
77,710    
77,042    

50,275  $ 
495    
0    

4,274     

43,979    

13,376    

Total current assets . 

131,588     

234,917    

64,146    

0   $ 
0     
0     

0     

0     

90,533 
137,313 
141,176 

61,629 

430,651 

Property and equipment 
less accumulated 
depreciation ............... 

Investment in 

subsidiaries ................ 
Goodwill ........................ 
Other assets ................... 

75,692     

86,760    

3,273    

0     

165,725 

492,576     
6,542     
1,911     

193,625    
69,130    
9,190    

(149,980)   
0    
106,218    

(536,221)    
0     
0     

0 
75,672 
117,319 

Total assets ............. $ 

708,309   $ 

593,622  $ 

23,657  $ 

(536,221)  $ 

789,367 

LIABILITIES AND 

SHAREHOLDERS’ 
EQUITY 

Current Liabilities: ........ $ 
Senior notes ................... 
Deferred income taxes ... 
Other.............................. 

56,766   $ 
0     
0     
3     

77,912  $ 
0    
10,815    
7,006    

22,760  $ 
275,000    
(3,476)   
46,879    

Total liabilities ....... 

56,769     

95,733    

341,163    

0   $ 
0     
0     
0     

0     

157,438 
275,000 
7,339 
53,888 

493,665 

Shareholders’ equity 

Common stock ........... 
Additional paid-in 

capital .................... 

Retained earnings 

(deficit) .................. 

Foreign currency 
translation 
adjustment ............. 
Pension liability ......... 

Total shareholders’ 

81,844     

102,199    

6,606    

(184,043)    

6,606 

182,782     

12,525    

366,677    

(195,307)    

366,677 

388,857     

431,341    

(680,073)   

(156,871)    

(16,746)

(1,943)    
0     

(16,691)   
(31,485)   

(6,710)   
(4,006)   

0     
0     

(25,344)
(35,491)

equity ........................ $ 

651,540   $ 

497,889  $ 

(317,506) $ 

(536,221)  $ 

295,702 

 $ 

708,309   $ 

593,622  $ 

23,657  $ 

(536,221)  $ 

789,367 

78 

 
  
 
   
 
  
 
 
  
  
        
    
  
    
  
     
  
 
  
  
        
    
  
    
  
     
  
 
  
 
  
        
    
  
    
  
     
  
 
  
 
  
        
    
  
    
  
     
  
 
  
 
  
        
    
  
    
  
     
  
 
  
 
  
        
    
  
    
  
     
  
 
  
  
        
    
  
    
  
     
  
 
  
 
  
        
    
  
    
  
     
  
 
  
 
  
        
    
  
    
  
     
  
 
 
  
        
    
  
    
  
     
  
 
  
 
  
        
    
  
    
  
     
  
 
  
 
  
        
    
  
    
  
     
  
 
  
   
 
 
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR YEAR 2013 

GUARANTOR 
SUBSIDIARIES    

NON-
GUARANTOR 
SUBSIDIARIES 

INTERFACE, 
INC. 
(PARENT 
CORPORATION) 
(in thousands) 

CONSOLIDATION
AND 
ELIMINATION 
ENTRIES 

CONSOLIDATED
TOTALS 

Net cash provided by 

operating activities .... $ 

31,641   $ 

33,836  $

190  $

1,791   $ 

67,458 

Cash flows from 

investing activities: 
Purchase of plant and 

equipment ..............   

Cash received from 

insurance company    
Other ..........................   

Net cash used for 

(20,526)    

(71,200)  

(125)   

0     
(225)    

23,024   
4,714   

0    
(1,415)   

investing activities.....   

(20,751)    

(43,462)  

(1,540)   

0     

0     
0     

0     

0     
0     

0     

(91,851)

23,024 
3,074 

(65,753)

26,326 
(1,308)

(825)

(35,610)
0 

1,881 
(7,283)

0     
0     

0     

26,326   
0   

0    
(1,308)   

0   

(825)   

0     
(12,467)    

0   
2,364   

(35,610)   
11,894    

0     
(1,791)    

0     
0     

0   
0   

1,881    
(7,283)   

0     
0     

(12,467)    

28,690   

(31,251)   

(1,791)    

(16,819)

0     

(2,536)  

0    

0     

(2,536)

(1,577)    

16,528   

(32,601)   

4,072     

36,186   

50,275    

0     

0     

0   $ 

(17,650)

90,533 

72,883 

Cash flows from 

financing activities: 
Borrowing of long 

term debt ................   
Debt issuance costs ....   
Premium paid to 

repurchase Senior 
Notes ......................   

Repurchase of Senior 

Notes ......................   
Other ..........................   
Proceeds from 
issuance of 
common stock ........   
Dividends paid ...........   

Net cash provided by 
(used for) financing 
activities ....................   

Effect of exchange rate 

change on cash ..........   

Net increase (decrease) 

in cash .......................   

Cash, at beginning of 

period ........................   

Cash, at end of period .... $ 

2,495   $ 

52,714  $

17,674  $

79 

 
  
 
   
 
  
  
      
        
      
       
        
 
      
        
      
       
        
 
  
      
        
      
       
        
 
  
      
        
      
       
        
 
      
        
      
       
        
 
  
      
        
      
       
        
 
  
      
        
      
       
        
 
  
      
        
      
       
        
 
  
 
 
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR YEAR 2012 

GUARANTOR 
SUBSIDIARIES    

NON-
GUARANTOR 
SUBSIDIARIES 

INTERFACE, 
INC. 
(PARENT 
CORPORATION) 
(in thousands) 

CONSOLIDATION 
AND 
ELIMINATION 
ENTRIES 

CONSOLIDATED
TOTALS 

Net cash provided by 
(used for) operating 
activities ....................  $ 

Cash flows from 

investing activities: 
Purchase of plant and 

equipment ..............    
Other ..........................    

Net proceeds from sale 
of Bentley Prince 
Street .........................   

Cash received from 

insurance company ....   

Net cash provided by 
(used for) investing 
activities ....................   

Cash flows from 

financing activities: 

Repurchase of senior 

subordinated notes....     
Proceeds from 
issuance of 
common stock ........   
Dividends paid ...........   
Other ..........................   

Net cash provided by 
(used for) financing 
activities ....................   

Effect of exchange rate 

change on cash ..........   

Net increase (decrease) 

in cash .......................   

Cash, at beginning of 

year ............................   

50,653   $ 

7,142  $

(15,498) $

4,591   $ 

46,888 

(16,752)    
473     

(25,617)  
(286)  

(59)   
(2,816)   

0     

0     

0   

32,174    

20,718   

0    

(16,279)    

(5,185)  

29,299    

0     
0     

0     

0     

0     

(42,428)
(2,629)

32,174 

20,718 

7,835 

0     

0   

(11,477)   

0     

(11,477)

0     
0     
(31,545)    

0   
0   
(2,584)  

1,496    
(5,925)   
38,720    

0     
0     
(4,591)    

1,496 
(5,925)
0 

(31,545)    

(2,584)  

22,814    

(4,591)    

(15,906)

153     

939   

0    

2,982     

312   

36,615    

1,090     

35,874   

13,660    

0     

0     

0     

0   $ 

1,092 

39,909 

50,624 

90,533 

Cash, at end of year ....... $ 

4,072   $ 

36,186  $

50,275  $

80 

 
  
 
   
 
  
  
      
        
      
       
        
 
      
        
      
       
        
 
  
      
        
      
       
        
 
  
      
        
      
       
        
 
      
        
      
       
        
 
  
      
        
      
       
        
 
  
      
        
      
       
        
 
  
      
        
      
       
        
 
  
      
        
      
       
        
 
  
 
 
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR YEAR 2011 

GUARANTOR 
SUBSIDIARIES    

NON-
GUARANTOR 
SUBSIDIARIES 

INTERFACE, 
INC. 
(PARENT 
CORPORATION) 
(in thousands) 

CONSOLIDATION 
AND 
ELIMINATION 
ENTRIES 

CONSOLIDATED
TOTALS 

(7,196)  $ 

27,970  $

5,113  $

(1,523)  $ 

24,364 

(14,987)    
51     

(23,013)  
(1,080)  

(50)   
(537)   

investing activities.....   

(14,936)    

(24,093)  

(587)   

0     
0     

0     

(38,050)
(1,566)

(39,616)

0     
0     
22,147     

0   
0   
(838)  

2,669    
(5,227)   
(23,857)   

0     
0     
1,523     

2,669 
(5,227)
(1,025)

22,147     

(838)  

(26,415)   

1,523     

(3,583)

0     

234   

0    

15     

3,273   

(21,889)   

1,075     

32,601   

35,549    

0     

0     

0     

0   $ 

234 

(18,601)

69,225 

50,624 

Net cash provided by 
(used for) operating 
activities ....................  $ 

Cash flows from 

investing activities: 
Purchase of plant and 
equipment ..................    
Other ..........................    

Net cash used for 

Cash flows from 

financing activities: 
Proceeds from 
issuance of 
common stock ........    
Dividends paid ...........    
Other ..........................    

Net cash provided by 
(used for) financing 
activities ....................   

Effect of exchange rate 

change on cash ..........   

Net increase (decrease) 

in cash .......................   

Cash, at beginning of 

year ............................   

Cash, at end of year ....... $ 

1,090   $ 

35,874  $

13,660  $

81 

 
  
 
   
 
  
  
      
        
      
       
        
 
      
        
      
       
        
 
  
      
        
      
       
        
 
  
      
        
      
       
        
 
      
        
      
       
        
 
  
      
        
      
       
        
 
  
      
        
      
       
        
 
  
      
        
      
       
        
 
  
      
        
      
       
        
 
  
 
 
STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR YEAR 2013 

GUARANTOR 
SUBSIDIARIES    

NON- 
GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES 

28,519   $ 

33,428  $

INTERFACE, 
INC. 
(PARENT 
CORPORATION) 
(in thousands) 
48,255  $

CONSOLIDATION 
AND 
ELIMINATION 
ENTRIES 

(519)    

(5,366)  

644    

0     

31   

1,378    

CONSOLIDATED
TOTAL 

(61,947)  $ 

48,255 

0     

0     

(5,241)

1,409 

Net Income ..................... $ 
Currency Translation 

Adjustment .................   

Pension Liability 

Adjustment .................   

Comprehensive Income 

(Loss) ......................... $ 

28,000   $ 

28,093  $

50,277  $

(61,947)  $ 

44,423 

STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR YEAR 2012 

GUARANTOR 
SUBSIDIARIES    

NON- 
GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATION
AND 
ELIMINATION 
ENTRIES 

CONSOLIDATED
TOTAL 

INTERFACE, 
INC. 
(PARENT 
CORPORATION)  
(in thousands) 
5,943  $

5,631  $

8,438   

1,779   

345    

(1,008)   

(8,767)  $ 

0     

0     

5,943 

8,539 

771 

Net Income ..................... $ 
Currency Translation 

Adjustment .................   

Pension Liability 

Adjustment .................   

Comprehensive Income 

3,136   $ 

(244)    

0     

(Loss) ......................... $ 

2,892   $ 

15,848  $

5,280  $

(8,767)  $ 

15,253 

STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR YEAR 2011 

GUARANTOR 
SUBSIDIARIES    

NON- 
GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES 

INTERFACE, 
INC. 
(PARENT 
CORPORATION) 
(in thousands) 

CONSOLIDATION 
AND 
ELIMINATION 
ENTRIES 

CONSOLIDATED
TOTAL 

Net Income .................... $ 
Currency Translation 

Adjustment ................   

Pension Liability 

Adjustment ................   

Comprehensive Income 

19,409   $ 

25,796  $

38,721  $

(45,205)  $ 

38,721 

(250)    

(6,782)  

0     

(5,735)  

(582)   

669    

0     

0     

(7,614)

(5,066)

(Loss) ........................ $ 

19,159   $ 

13,279  $

38,808  $

(45,205)  $ 

26,041 

82 

  
  
 
   
 
  
 
 
   
  
  
 
   
 
  
 
 
   
  
  
 
   
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Board of Directors and Shareholders of Interface, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Atlanta, Georgia 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Interface,  Inc.  as  of  December  29,  2013  and 
December 30, 2012 and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, and cash flows for 
each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  29,  2013.  These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the 
Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. 

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the 
financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement.  An  audit  also  includes  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence 
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant 
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that 
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 
position  of  Interface,  Inc.  and  Subsidiaries  at  December  29,  2013  and  December  30,  2012,  and  the  results  of  their 
operations  and  their  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  29,  2013,  in  conformity  with 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States), Interface, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 29, 2013, based on criteria 
established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of 
the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated February 26, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

/s/ BDO USA, LLP 

Atlanta, Georgia 
February 26, 2014 

83 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

Board of Directors and Shareholders of Interface, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Atlanta, Georgia 

We have audited Interface, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 29, 2013, based 
on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (1992)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (the  COSO  criteria).  Interface,  Inc.  and  Subsidiaries’  management  is 
responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of 
internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Item 9A, Management’s Report on Internal Control 
Over  Financial  Reporting.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting based on our audit.  

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an 
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and 
evaluating  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audit  also  included 
performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a 
reasonable basis for our opinion.  

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and 
procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the 
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded 
as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and 
that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and 
directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized 
acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.  

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

In our opinion, Interface, Inc. and Subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial 
reporting as of December 29, 2013, based on the COSO criteria.  

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States),  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Interface,  Inc.  and  Subsidiaries  as  of  December  29,  2013  and  December  30, 
2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the three 
years  in  the  period  ended  December  29,  2013  and  our  report  dated  February  26,  2014  expressed  an  unqualified  opinion 
thereon.  

/s/ BDO USA, LLP 

Atlanta, Georgia 
February 26, 2014 

84 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

Not applicable.  

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Disclosure  Controls and  Procedures. As of  the  end of  the  period  covered  by  this  Annual  Report on Form  10-K, an 
evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our President and 
Chief Executive Officer and our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and 
operation  of  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  as  defined  in  Rule  13a-15(e)  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of 
1934, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(c) under the Act. Based on that evaluation, our President and Chief Executive Officer and 
our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective 
as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting. There were no changes in our internal control over financial 
reporting  that  occurred  during  our  last  fiscal  quarter  that  have  materially  affected,  or  are  reasonably  likely  to  materially 
affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Management’s  Annual  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting.  The  management  of  the  Company  is 
responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) 
or 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control 
over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective 
can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.  

Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 29, 2013 
based  on  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO)  in 
“Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992).” Based on that assessment, management concluded that, as of December 
29, 2013, our internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria. 

Our  independent  auditors  have  issued  an  audit  report  on  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial 

reporting. This report immediately precedes Item 9 of this Report. 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION 

None 

PART III 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The  information  contained  under  the  captions  “Nomination  and  Election  of  Directors,”  “Section  16(a)  Beneficial 
Ownership  Reporting  Compliance”  and  “Meetings  and  Committees  of  the  Board  of  Directors”  in  our  definitive  Proxy 
Statement  for  our  2014  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders,  to  be  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission 
pursuant  to  Regulation  14A  not  later  than  120  days  after  the  end  of  our  2013  fiscal  year,  is  incorporated  herein  by 
reference. Pursuant to Instruction 3 to Paragraph (b) of Item 401 of Regulation S-K, information relating to our executive 
officers is included in Item 1 of this Report. 

We  have  adopted  the  “Interface  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics”  (the  “Code”)  which  applies  to  all  of  our 
employees,  officers  and  directors,  including  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer.  The  Code  may  be 
viewed on our website at www.interface.com. Changes to the Code will be posted on our website. Any waiver of the Code 
for executive officers or directors may be made only by our Board of Directors and will be disclosed to the extent required 
by law or Nasdaq rules on our website or in a filing on Form 8-K. 

85 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The  information  contained  under  the  captions  “Executive  Compensation  and  Related  Items,”  “Compensation 
Discussion  and  Analysis,”  “Compensation  Committee  Report,”  “Compensation  Committee  Interlocks  and  Insider 
Participation,” and “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 
2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 
14A not later than 120 days after the end of our 2013 fiscal year, is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The  information  contained  under  the  captions  “Principal  Shareholders  and  Management  Stock  Ownership”  and 
“Equity Compensation Plan Information” in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, 
to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end 
of our 2013 fiscal year, is incorporated herein by reference. 

For  purposes  of  determining  the  aggregate  market  value  of  our  voting  and  non-voting  stock  held  by  non-affiliates, 
shares held by our directors and executive officers have been excluded. The exclusion of such shares is not intended to, and 
shall not, constitute a determination as to which persons or entities may be “affiliates” as that term is defined under federal 
securities laws. 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR 

INDEPENDENCE 

The  information  contained  under  the  captions  “Certain  Relationships  and  Related  Transactions”  and  “Director 
Independence”  in  our  definitive  Proxy  Statement  for  our  2014  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders,  to  be  filed  with  the 
Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of our 2013 fiscal 
year, is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The  information  contained  under  the  captions  “Audit  and  Non-Audit  Fees”  and  “Policy  on  Audit  Committee  Pre-
Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of Independent Auditors” in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 
2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 
14A not later than 120 days after the end of our 2013 fiscal year, is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

1. Financial Statements  

PART IV 

The  following  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  Notes  thereto  of  Interface,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  and  related 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are contained in Item 8 of this Report: 

Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations  and  Comprehensive  Income  —  fiscal  years  ended  December  29,  2013, 

December 30, 2012 and January 1, 2012. 

Consolidated Balance Sheets — December 29, 2013 and December 30, 2012. 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — fiscal years ended December 29, 2013, December 30, 2012 and January 1, 

2012. 

86 

  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

2. Financial Statement Schedule  

The  following  Consolidated  Financial  Statement  Schedule  of  Interface,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  and  related  Report  of 
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are included as part of this Report (see the pages immediately preceding 
the signatures in this Report. 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves  

3. Exhibits 

The following exhibits are included as part of this Report:  

Exhibit 
Number 

Description of Exhibit

3.1  —  Restated  Articles  of  Incorporation  and  accompanying  Clarification  Certificate  (included  as  Exhibit 3.1  to 
the  Company’s  quarterly  report  on  Form  10-Q  filed  on  May  10,  2012,  previously  filed  with  the 
Commission and incorporated herein by reference). 

3.2  —  Bylaws, as amended and restated (included as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q 
for the quarter ended September 30, 2007, previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein
by reference). 

4.1  —  See Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 for provisions in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws defining the

rights of holders of Common Stock of the Company. 

4.2  —  Rights  Agreement  dated  March  7,  2008  and  effective  as  of  March  17,  2008  between  the  Company  and
Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (included as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-
K filed on March 7, 2008, previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference).  

4.3  —  Indenture governing the Company’s 7.625% Senior Notes due 2018, dated as of December 3, 2010, among
the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company, as guarantors, and U.S. Bank National Association, as
Trustee (included as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on December 7, 2010, 
previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.1  —  Salary  Continuation  Plan,  dated  May  7,  1982  (included  as  Exhibit  10.20  to  the  Company’s  registration
statement on Form S-1, File No. 2-82188, previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by 
reference).* 

10.2  —  Form  of  Salary  Continuation  Agreement,  dated  as  of  January  1,  2008  (as  used  for  Daniel  T.  Hendrix,
Raymond  S.  Willoch  and  John  R.  Wells)  (included  as  Exhibit  99.5  to  the  Company’s  current  report  on
Form  8-K  filed  on  January  7,  2008,  previously  filed  with  the  Commission  and  incorporated  herein  by
reference).* 

10.3  —  Interface,  Inc.  Omnibus  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (as  amended  and  restated  effective  February  23,  2010) 
(included as Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on May 26, 2010, previously 
filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference); Forms of Restricted Stock Agreement, as
used for directors, executive officers and other key employees/consultants (included as Exhibits 99.1, 99.2
and 99.3, respectively, to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on January 14, 2005, previously 
filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference); and Form of Restricted Stock Agreement, 
as used for executive officers (included as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for 
the  year  ended  December  30,  2007,  previously  filed  with  the  Commission  and  incorporated  herein  by 
reference).*  

10.4  —  Interface,  Inc.  Executive  Bonus  Plan,  adopted  on  February  25,  2009  (included  as  Exhibit  99.1  to  the
Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on May 28, 2009, previously filed with the Commission and
incorporated herein by reference).* 

87 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
10.5  —   Interface, Inc. Nonqualified Savings Plan (as amended and restated effective January 1, 2002) (included as
Exhibit  10.4  to  the  Company’s  annual  report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  30,  2001, 
previously  filed  with  the  Commission  and  incorporated  herein  by  reference);  First  Amendment  thereto,
dated as of December 20, 2002 (included as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q 
for  the  quarter  ended  June  29,  2003,  previously  filed  with  the  Commission  and  incorporated  herein  by 
reference); Second Amendment thereto, dated as of December 30, 2002 (included as Exhibit 10.3 to the
Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 29, 2003, previously filed with the
Commission and incorporated herein by reference); Third Amendment thereto, dated as of May 8, 2003
(included as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 28, 
2003 (the “2003 10-K”), previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference); and 
Fourth Amendment thereto, dated as of December 31, 2003 (included as Exhibit 10.7 to the 2003 10-K, 
previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference).* 

10.6  —  Amended  and  Restated  Employment  and  Change  in  Control  Agreement  of  Daniel  T.  Hendrix  dated 
January 1, 2008 (included as Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on January 
7, 2008, previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference).*  

10.7  —  Amended and Restated Employment and Change in Control Agreement of Patrick C. Lynch dated January
1, 2008 (included as Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2008, 
previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference).* 

10.8  —  Amended and Restated Employment and Change in Control Agreement of John R. Wells dated January 1,
2008  (included  as  Exhibit  99.3  to  the  Company’s  current report  on  Form  8-K  filed on January  7,  2008, 
previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference).*  

10.9  —  Amended  and  Restated  Employment  and  Change  in  Control  Agreement  of  Raymond  S.  Willoch  dated 
January 1, 2008 (included as Exhibit 99.4 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on January 
7, 2008, previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference).* 

10.10  —  UK  Service  Agreement  between  Interface  Europe,  Ltd.  and  Lindsey  Kenneth  Parnell  dated  March  13, 
2007  (included  as  Exhibit  10.12  to  the  Company’s  annual  report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2006 (the “2006 10-K”), previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by
reference).* 

10.11  —  Overseas  Service  Agreement  between  Interface  Europe,  Ltd.  and  Lindsey  Kenneth  Parnell  dated  March
13,  2007  (included  as  Exhibit  10.13  to  the  2006  10-K,  previously  filed  with  the  Commission  and 
incorporated herein by reference).* 

10.12  —  Split Dollar Insurance Agreement, dated February 21, 1997, between the Company and Daniel T. Hendrix
(included as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 
4,  1998,  previously  filed  with  the  Commission  and  incorporated  herein  by  reference);  and  Amendment 
thereto, dated December 29, 2008 (included as Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K 
filed on January 2, 2009, previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference).* 

10.13  —  Form  of  Indemnity  Agreement  of  Director  (as  used  for  directors  of  the  Company)  (included  as  Exhibit
99.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on November 30, 2005, previously filed with the 
Commission and incorporated herein by reference).* 

10.14  —  Form of Indemnity Agreement of Officer (as used for certain officers of the Company, including Daniel T.
Hendrix,  John  R.  Wells,  Patrick  C.  Lynch,  Raymond  S.  Willoch,  Lindsey  K.  Parnell  and  Robert  A.
Coombs) (included as Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on November 30, 
2005, previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference).* 

10.15  —  Interface, Inc. Long-Term Care Insurance Plan and related Summary Plan Description (included as Exhibit
99.2 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on December 20, 2005, previously filed with the 
Commission and incorporated herein by reference).* 

10.16  —  Interface, Inc. Nonqualified Savings Plan II, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 (included 
as  Exhibit  10.18  to  the  Company’s  annual report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  30,  2012 
(the  “2012  10-K”),  previously  filed  with  the  Commission  and  incorporated  herein  by  reference;  First
Amendment  thereto,  dated  February  26,  2009  (included  as  Exhibit  10.19  to  the  2012  10-K,  previously 
filed  with  the  Commission  and  incorporated  herein  by  reference);  Second  Amendment  thereto,  dated
December 9, 2009 (included as Exhibit 10.20 to the 2012 10-K, previously filed with the Commission and 
incorporated  herein  by  reference);  Third  Amendment  thereto,  dated  April  15,  2010  (included  as  Exhibit
10.21 to the 2012 10-K, previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference); and
Fourth Amendment thereto, dated August 9, 2012 (included as Exhibit 10.22 to the 2012 10-K, previously 
filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference).* 

88 

  
 
 
10.17  —  Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2013, among Interface, Inc., certain subsidiaries
of the Company as borrowers, certain subsidiaries of the Company as guarantors, Bank of America, N.A.
as  Administrative  Agent,  The  Royal  Bank  of  Scotland,  as  Syndication  Agent,  and  SunTrust  Bank  and
Regions  Bank,  as  Co-Documentation  Agents,  and  the  other  lenders  party  thereto  (included  as  Exhibit
99.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on October 23, 2013, previously filed with the
Commission and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.18  —  Security and Pledge Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2013, among Interface, Inc., certain subsidiaries
of the Company as obligors, and Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent (included as Exhibit
99.2 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on October 23, 2013, previously filed with the
Commission and incorporated herein by reference). 

21 
23 
24 
31.1 

—  Subsidiaries of the Company. 
—  Consent of BDO USA, LLP. 
—  Power of Attorney (see signature page of this Report). 
—  Certification of Chief Executive Officer with respect to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for 

the fiscal year ended December 29, 2013. 

31.2 

—  Certification of Chief Financial Officer with respect to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for 

the fiscal year ended December 29, 2013. 

32.1  —   Certification  Pursuant  to  Section  1350  of  Chapter  63  of  Title  18  of  United  States  Code  by  Chief
Executive Officer with respect to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
December 29, 2013. 

32.2  —   Certification Pursuant to Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of United States Code by Chief Financial
Officer with respect to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December
29, 2013. 

101.INS  —   XBRL Instance Document (filed electronically herewith) 
101.SCH  —   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document (filed electronically herewith) 
101.CAL  —   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document (filed electronically herewith) 
101.LAB  —   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document (filed electronically herewith) 
101.PRE  —   XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document (filed electronically herewith) 
101.DEF  —   XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase Document (filed electronically herewith) 

__________ 
* Management contract or compensatory plan or agreement required to be filed pursuant to Item 15(b) of this Report. 

89 

  
    
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Board and Directors and Shareholders of Interface, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Atlanta, Georgia 

The audits referred to in our report to Interface, Inc. and Subsidiaries, dated February 26, 2014, relating to the consolidated 
financial statements of Interface Inc., and subsidiaries, which is contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K, also included the 
audit of the Financial Statement Schedule II (Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves) listed in the accompanying 
index.  This  financial  statement  schedule  is  the  responsibility  of  the  Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to 
express an opinion on this financial statement schedule based on our audits. 

In our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements 
taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. 

/s/ BDO USA, LLP 

Atlanta, Georgia, 
February 26, 2014 

90 

   
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
INTERFACE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

SCHEDULE II – VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES 

COLUMN A
BALANCE, 
AT  
BEGINNING 
OF YEAR 

COLUMN B 
CHARGED 
TO COSTS 
AND 
EXPENSES 
(A) 

COLUMN C
CHARGED 
TO OTHER 
ACCOUNTS    
(in thousands) 

COLUMN D 
DEDUCTIONS 
(DESCRIBE) 
(B) 

COLUMN E
BALANCE, 
AT END OF 
YEAR 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:        
Year Ended: 

December 29, 2013 .......................  $ 
December 30, 2012 .......................    
January 1, 2012 .............................    

______________   

8,818    $
8,920     
9,631     

253    $
1,338     
1,454     

0    $
0     
0     

1,425    $
1,440     
2,165     

7,646 
8,818 
8,920 

(A) Includes changes in foreign currency exchange rates. 

(B) Write off of bad debt, and recovering of previously provided for amounts. 

COLUMN A
BALANCE, 
AT  
BEGINNING 

OF YEAR     

COLUMN B 
CHARGED 
TO COSTS 
AND 
EXPENSES 
(A) 

COLUMN C 
CHARGED TO 
OTHER 
ACCOUNTS(B)   
(in thousands) 

COLUMN D 
DEDUCTIONS 
(DESCRIBE) 
(C) 

COLUMN E
BALANCE, 
AT END OF 
YEAR 

Restructuring Reserve: 
Year Ended: 

December 29, 2013 .......................  $ 
December 30, 2012 .......................    
January 1, 2012 .............................    

4,350    $
4,112     
521     

0    $
18,927     
5,755     

0    $
9,364     
776     

3,831    $
9,325     
1,388     

519 
4,350 
4,112 

______________   

(A) Includes changes in foreign currency exchange rates. 

(B) Reduction of asset carrying value. 

(C) Cash payments. 

91 

  
  
  
   
   
    
 
  
  
 
       
     
  
     
  
     
  
 
    
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
    
 
  
  
 
    
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
 
    
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
COLUMN A
BALANCE, 
AT 
BEGINNING
OF YEAR 

COLUMN B 
CHARGED 
TO COSTS 
AND 
EXPENSES 
(A) 

COLUMN C
CHARGED 
TO OTHER 
ACCOUNTS    
(in thousands) 

COLUMN D 
DEDUCTIONS 
(DESCRIBE) 
(B) 

COLUMN E
BALANCE, 
AT END OF 
YEAR 

Reserves for Sales Returns and 

Allowances: 

Year ended: 

December 29, 2013 .....................  $ 
December 30, 2012 .....................    
January 1, 2012 ...........................    

3,099    $
4,276     
4,475     

1,360    $
1,441     
1,887     

0    $
0     
0     

888    $
2,618     
2,086     

3,571 
3,099 
4,276 

______________    

(A) Includes changes in foreign currency exchange rates. 

(B) Represents credits issued and adjustments to reflect actual exposure. 

COLUMN A
BALANCE, 
AT  
BEGINNING
OF YEAR 

COLUMN B 
CHARGED 
TO COSTS 
AND 
EXPENSES 
(A) 

COLUMN C
CHARGED 
TO OTHER 
ACCOUNTS    
(in thousands) 

COLUMN D 
DEDUCTIONS 
(DESCRIBE) 
(B) 

COLUMN E
BALANCE, 
AT END OF 
YEAR 

Warranty Reserves : 
Year ended: 

December 29, 2013 .....................  $ 
December 30, 2012 .....................    
January 1, 2012 ..............................    
______________    

1,232    $
871     
830     

446    $
361     
41     

0    $
0     
0     

314    $
0     
0     

1,364 
1,232 
871 

(A) Includes changes in foreign currency exchange rates. 

(B) Represents costs applied against reserve and adjustments to reflect actual exposure. 

COLUMN A
BALANCE, 
AT  
BEGINNING 
OF YEAR 

COLUMN B 
CHARGED 
TO COSTS 
AND 
EXPENSES 
(A) 

COLUMN C
CHARGED 
TO OTHER 
ACCOUNTS    
(in thousands) 

COLUMN D 
DEDUCTIONS 
(DESCRIBE) 
(B) 

COLUMN E
BALANCE, 
AT END OF 
YEAR 

Inventory Reserves : 
Year ended: 

December 29, 2013 .....................  $ 
December 30, 2012 .....................    
January 1, 2012 ...........................    

12,946    $
10,366     
10,733     

3,445    $
4,252    $
2,644     

0    $
0     
0     

2,975    $
1,672     
3,011     

13,416 
12,946 
10,366 

______________   

(A) Includes changes in foreign currency exchange rates. 

(B) Represents costs applied against reserve and adjustments to reflect actual exposure. 

(All other Schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting requirements of the Securities and Exchange 
Commission  are  omitted  because  they  are  either  not  applicable  or  the  required  information  is  shown  in  the  Company's 
Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.) 

92 

  
  
  
   
   
    
 
  
 
      
       
       
       
       
 
    
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
 
  
  
  
  
   
   
    
 
  
  
 
    
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
 
    
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
 
  
  
  
  
   
   
    
 
  
  
 
    
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
 
    
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
 
  
 
  
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section 13  or  15(d) of  the  Securities  Exchange Act  of  1934,  the  registrant  has duly 

caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Date: February 26, 2014 

   INTERFACE, INC.

By:/s/ DANIEL T. HENDRIX                     

   Daniel T. Hendrix 
   President and Chief Executive Officer 

POWER OF ATTORNEY 

KNOW  ALL  PERSONS  BY  THESE  PRESENTS,  that  each  person  whose  signature  appears  below  constitutes  and 
appoints Daniel T. Hendrix as attorney-in-fact, with power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign 
any  amendments  to  this  Report  on  Form  10-K,  and  to  file  the  same,  with  exhibits  thereto,  and  other  documents  in 
connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-
in-fact may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. 

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange Act  of  1934,  this  Report  has  been  signed  below  by  the 

following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signature 

Capacity

    /s/ DANIEL T. HENDRIX 
    Daniel T. Hendrix 

  Chairman of the Board, President, Chief 
  Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer) 

    /s/ PATRICK C. LYNCH 
    Patrick C. Lynch 

  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
  (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

    /s/ JOHN P. BURKE 
    John P. Burke 

    /s/ EDWARD C. CALLAWAY 
    Edward C. Callaway 

    /s/ ANDREW B. COGAN 
    Andrew B. Cogan  

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

    /s/ DIANNE DILLON-RIDGLEY 
    Dianne Dillon-Ridgley 

  Director 

    /s/ CARL I. GABLE 
    Carl I. Gable 

    /s/ JUNE M. HENTON 
    June M. Henton 

  Director 

  Director 

    /s/ CHRISTOPHER G. KENNEDY 
    Christopher G. Kennedy 

  Director 

    /s/ K. DAVID KOHLER 
    K. David Kohler 

    /s/ JAMES B. MILLER, JR. 
    James B. Miller, Jr. 

    /s/ HAROLD M. PAISNER 
    Harold M. Paisner 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

93 

Date

February 26, 2014 

February 26, 2014 

February 26, 2014 

February 26, 2014 

February 26, 2014 

February 26, 2014 

February 26, 2014 

February 26, 2014 

February 26, 2014 

February 26, 2014 

February 26, 2014 

February 26, 2014 

  
  
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
       
     
      
  
      
       
     
      
  
      
       
     
      
  
     
      
       
     
      
  
     
      
       
     
  
   
  
     
      
       
     
      
  
     
      
       
     
      
  
     
      
       
     
      
  
     
      
       
     
      
  
     
      
       
     
      
  
     
      
       
     
      
  
     
      
       
     
      
  
     
      
  
  
EXHIBIT INDEX 

Exhibit 
Number 
21 
23 
24 
31.1 

31.2 

32.1 

32.2 

Description of Exhibit

   Subsidiaries of the Company. 
   Consent of BDO USA, LLP. 
   Power of Attorney. 
   Certification  of  Chief  Executive  Officer  with  respect  to  the  Company’s  Annual  Report  on  Form 

10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2013. 

   Certification of Chief Financial Officer with respect to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-

K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2013. 

   Certification Pursuant to Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of United States Code by Chief
Executive Officer with respect to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year 
ended December 29, 2013. 

   Certification Pursuant to Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of United States Code by Chief 
Financial Officer with respect to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year 
ended December 29, 2013. 

101.INS 
101.SCH 
101.CAL 
101.LAB 
101.PRE 
101.DEF 

   XBRL Instance Document (filed electronically herewith) 
   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document (filed electronically herewith) 
   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document (filed electronically herewith) 
   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document (filed electronically herewith) 
   XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document (filed electronically herewith) 
   XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase Document (filed electronically herewith) 

94 

  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
Dear Fellow Shareholders:

Interface experienced gradual, steady improvement during 2013, 

I believe Interface is on solid footing for 2014, and I’m encouraged 

with our Americas business hitting a record annual sales number and 

about our prospects this year.  Leading indicators as well as our business 

offsetting modest sales declines in our Europe and Asia-Pacific regions.  

in the U.S. have been moving in a positive direction, and project activity 

Our performance in the U.S. greatly outpaced the rest of the commercial 

within the architect and design community has been firming up.  While 

flooring market, although mixed macroeconomic conditions in Europe and 

we expect the pace of economic recovery in the U.S. to remain gradual 

the lingering effects of the 2012 fire at our Australia plant combined to 

throughout the year, we believe we have upside to take market share 

keep our overall growth in check.  Despite these challenges in overseas 

and outperform the rest of the industry.  The outlook for Europe has 

markets, our profit margins and earnings expanded to healthy levels.

brightened over the past six months, with evidence that its economic 

downturn is mostly subsiding and our largest markets in the U.K., Holland 

The biggest driver of growth in our Americas business was the 

and Germany are recovering.  In Australia, the overall market is expected 

corporate office market, which was up 9% year-over-year, even though 

to be soft, but we’re poised to regain market share, as delivery lead times 

we’ve yet to see a true rebound in the segment.  Contributions also came 

and service levels improve with the ramp up of our new plant.  The broader 

from non-office segments and from emerging geographic markets in 

challenges for our Asia-Pacific business will be rebalancing production 

Latin and South America.  In particular, we’re very pleased with the upward 

among our three plants in the region, penetrating non-office market 

trajectory of our business in the hospitality segment, where we have 

segments, and leading in design and sustainability.  Lastly, we expect to 

enhanced our sales and marketing efforts with large branded customers 

realize further margin expansion from improved manufacturing efficiencies 

and are beginning to realize success.

and carefully controlled SG&A spending throughout the year.

At our residential carpet tile business FLOR, sales were up 32% for 

This year also marks the 20-year anniversary of our founder Ray 

the year and we opened three new FLOR stores, bringing our current  

Anderson’s epiphany – his self-described “spear in the chest” moment 

total to 21 stores.  In the aggregate, our FLOR stores were profitable for 

– when he realized that our future depends on our ability to achieve 

the year, and same store sales improved 24%.  Our marketing efforts have 

sustainability.  While we’ve made tremendous progress and led a sea 

been focused on improving connections between our stores, catalogs 

change in our industry since that time, we still have a ways to go and  

and web presence, all aimed at enhancing the “omni-channel” customer 

much to accomplish to reach this goal by the year 2020.  We will  

experience.  While FLOR fell short of our goal of achieving profitability 

continue to honor Ray’s legacy and tirelessly pursue his vision, and  

during 2013, the balance between its growth and profitability is a delicate  

we hope you will continue with us on the journey.

one, and we remain pleased with its overall performance and future prospects.

Yours very truly,

Daniel T. Hendrix

After several years of economic turmoil, Europe has begun to show 

signs of life.  The second half of 2013, in particular, shaped up nicely for 

our business.  Project pipeline activity and orders began picking up in 

the third quarter, and this momentum continued into the fourth quarter, 

when we logged our highest level of orders in the past five years.  Most 

of the improvement is coming in our primary markets of the U.K., Holland 

and Germany, while conditions in Southern Europe remain soft.  We’re 

encouraged by the positive trends in Europe and we believe our business 

in the region is poised for further recovery.

In Asia-Pacific, our sales declined 3% for the year, primarily due to 

the negative impacts from the previous year’s fire at our Australia plant.  

While we were successful adapting our supply chain and servicing the 

Australia market from our other plants worldwide, the resulting extended 

delivery lead times and inefficiencies disrupted our customer service 

capabilities in the region.  Outside of Australia, however, our Asia-Pacific 

business was strong as sales and operating income in Southeast Asia and 

China improved significantly. 

Two other recent developments in our Asia-Pacific business are worth 

noting.  First, we reached a final settlement with our insurance company 

regarding the Australia fire, which resulted in a gain during 2013.  Second, 

and more importantly, we commenced operations at our new state of the 

art manufacturing facility located near Sydney, Australia during the first 

week of January 2014, which will significantly improve our service levels  

in the region going forward.

In 2013, we made great strides in our mission of becoming a sustainable 

enterprise – which we refer to as Mission Zero®.  We launched the Net 

Effect™ Collection of carpet tile products (one of which is featured on the 

cover of this report) with yarn that is partly made from recycled fishing 

nets collected by communities in the Philippines through our Net-Works™ 

project.  This program is a big step in redesigning our supply chain from 

a linear take-make-waste process toward a closed loop system, and it 

advances our ultimate goal of becoming a restorative enterprise.  Our plant 

in Europe reached a significant milestone, as it now uses 100% renewable 

energy from a combination of bio-gas and green electricity, with almost 

no water used or waste sent to a landfill.  In addition, we created new 

programs to strengthen employee connections to our sustainability goals, 

holding our first ever Mission Zero week celebrations at several locations 

worldwide, with activities that included legacy projects, biomimicry training 

workshops, enhanced communications and employee recognition programs.  

Board of Directors
Daniel T. Hendrix
Chairman of the Board, President and  
Chief Executive Officer


John P. Burke
Chief Executive Officer
Trek Bicycle Corporation

Edward C. Callaway
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Ida Cason Callaway Foundation


2
0
1
3

A
n
n
u
a

Andrew B. Cogan
Chief Executive Officer
Knoll, Inc.


l

Carl I. Gable
Private Investor
u 

Dianne Dillon-Ridgley
U.N. Representative for Center for 
International Environmental Law


R
e
p
o
r
Christopher G. Kennedy
Chairman
t
Joseph P. Kennedy Enterprises, Inc.


Dr. June M. Henton
Dean of the College of Human Sciences
Auburn University


K. David Kohler
President and Chief Operating Officer
Kohler Co.


James B. Miller, Jr.
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Fidelity Southern Corporation


Harold M. Paisner
Senior Partner
Berwin Leighton Paisner, LLP


u	 Lead Independent Director
	Executive Committee Member
  Audit Committee Member
	 Compensation Committee Member
	Nominating & Governance Committee Member

Executive Officers
Daniel T. Hendrix
President and
Chief Executive Officer

Robert A. Coombs
Senior Vice President
(Asia-Pacific)

Patrick C. Lynch
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

Lindsey K. Parnell
Senior Vice President
(Europe)

Shareholder Information
Form 10-K

A copy of the Company’s Annual Report  
on Form 10-K, filed each year with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission, may 
be obtained by shareholders without charge 
by writing to:

Mr. Patrick C. Lynch
Chief Financial Officer
Interface, Inc.
2859 Paces Ferry Road
Suite 2000
Atlanta, Georgia 30339

Annual Meeting

The annual meeting of shareholders will be 
at 3:00 pm EDT on May 12, 2014 at:
The Vinings Club
2859 Paces Ferry Road
Atlanta, Georgia 30339

Transfer Agent and Dividend
Disbursing Agent

Computershare 
211 Quality Circle, Suite 210
College Station, Texas 77845 
1 800 254 5196 (U.S. & Canada) 
1 781 575 2879 (Foreign)

Number of Shareholders of Record
at March 7, 2014: 680

John R. Wells
Senior Vice President
(Americas)

Raymond S. Willoch
Senior Vice President 
(Administration),
General Counsel and Secretary

Jo Ann Herold
Vice President and  
Chief Marketing Officer

Robert Boogaard
Interim Division President
(Europe)

Change of Address

Please direct all changes of address  
or inquiries as to how your account  
is listed to:

Computershare 
211 Quality Circle, Suite 210
College Station, Texas 77845 
1 800 254 5196 (U.S. & Canada) 
1 781 575 2879 (Foreign)

Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm

BDO USA, LLP
Atlanta, Georgia

Principal Legal Counsel

Kilpatrick Townsend & Stockton LLP
Atlanta, Georgia

Corporate Address

Interface, Inc.
2859 Paces Ferry Road
Suite 2000
Atlanta, Georgia 30339
tel (770) 437 6800
fax (770) 803 6950
www.interface.com

Ticker Symbol

TILE (Nasdaq)

Forward-Looking Statements
This report contains statements which may constitute “forward-looking statements” under applicable securities laws, including statements regarding the 
intent, belief, or current expectations of Interface, Inc. (the “Company”) and members of its management team, as well as the assumptions on which such 
statements are based. Any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties, and actual results 
may differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements. Important factors currently known to management that could cause actual 
results to differ materially from those in forward-looking statements are set forth in Item 1A (“Risk Factors”) of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K 
for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2013, and are hereby incorporated by reference. The Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise forward-
looking statements to reflect changed assumptions, the occurrence of unanticipated events or changes to future operating results over time.

Interface®, FLOR®, Mission Zero® and the Mission Zero logo are registered trademarks of Interface, Inc. and its subsidiaries. All rights are reserved.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2

0

1

3

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

A

n

n

u

2

0

1

3

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2859 Paces Ferry Road
Suite 2000
Atlanta, GA 30339
www.interface.com